Tutopia Class 9 English Wbbse

TALES OF BHOLA GRANDPA
— Manoj Das
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
English| Chapter
TALESName
OF BHOLA GRANDPA
Introduction

‘Tales of Bhola Grandpa’ is a humorous story, where the forgetful nature of an old man and
the account of his hilarious adventures have been described by a young boy. Because of his
forgetful nature, the dangerous and enraging incidents of his life has become comical.
îDyl%îy˜
‘Tales of Bhola Grandpa’ ~†þ!Øþ ¥y¤Ä†þîû ˆÒÐ ~¥z ˆÒ!Øþ ~†þ!Øþ î,m* ôyl%öì£ìîû è%þöì¡yôöìlîû ?lÄ ¥Gëûy ¥y¤Ä†þîû

xí‹þ öîûyôyMéþ†þîû ‰Øþly=!¡ ~†þ!Øþ îy¡öì†þîû !îî,!•þöì•þ xyôîûy þ›y¥zÐ •þyîû è%þöì¡yôöìlîû ?lÄ¥z èþëû‚†þîû ‰Øþly=!¡G
ô?yîû ¥öìëû ’þzöì‘þöìSéÐ
ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Manoj Das, an Indian by birth, a bilingual writer is read across the globe. He was born on 27th
February, 1934 at a small village in Bhograi, Balasore District of Orissa. He was one of the most
celebrated writers in Odia, who was a professor, editor, thinker and orator as well. His mother
inculcated in him the love for literature. He was awarded the Saraswati Samman, Padma Shri
in 2001, Padma Bhusan in 2020 for his contribution in literature. His notable works includes
Cyclones, A Tiger at Twilight, Mystery of the Missing Cap and many more.
SUMMARY
Bhola Grandpa lived along with his wife in a village.
One day he had gone to enjoy a village festival along with his grandson. While returning he
had lost his grandson and realised that much later. His grandson was found sitting under a
cow afterwards.
Once he told that he had seen a gang of pirates hiding a large box under the sand dunes near
the sea shore. Hearing that, the father of the narrator along with his friends started searching
for the box expecting treasure. Then past midnight, when everyone was still searching the
treasure, grandpa remembered that he had dreamt about the pirates and the incident was not
real.
He had faced a dangerous Royal Bengal tiger also, while returning from the weekly market.
He had somehow managed to save himself by climbing up a tree. But the tiger had waited for
him to get down throughout the night. At dawn Grandpa came down, forgetting completely
about the tiger, which could be seen by the villagers from a distance. They were astonished to
see the fact. Grandpa remembered the existence of the tiger when one of the villagers asked
him about his walking out from the front of the hungry tiger fearlessly. He had almost fainted
out of fear and somehow ran to his home.
It was hilarious how forgetful his nature was. For this, when he had died at the age of ninety-
five, his lamenting wife remarked that may be he had forgotten to breath.
¤yîûy‚¢
öèþy¡y˜y˜% •þyîû ßf#îû ¤öìD ~†þ @ýÌyöìô î¤îy¤ †þîû•þÐ
~†þ!˜l ö¤ •þyîû ly!•þöì†þ !löìëû @ýÌyöìôîû ~†þ ’þzê¤öìî xylr˜ ’þzþ›öìèþyˆ †þîûöì•þ !ˆöìëû!Sé¡Ð öæþîûyîû þ›öìí ö¤ !löì?îû
x?yöìhsý¥z •þyîû ly!•þöì†þ ¥y!îûöìëû öæþöì¡ ~î‚ •þy î%Vþöì•þ þ›yöìîû xöìl†þ ö˜!îûöì•þÐ !†þS%é ¤ôëû þ›öìîû •þyîû ly!•þöì†þ ~†þ!Øþ
öˆyîû&îû þ›Ù‹þyöì•þ îöì¤ íy†þöì•þ þ›yGëûy ëyëûÐ
~†þ˜y öèþy¡y˜y˜% ~†þ ?¡˜¤%Äîû ˜¡öì†þ ~†þ!Øþ îöì’þüy îy: ¤ô%öìoîû þ›yöì’þü îy!¡îû ‹þöìîûîû l#öì‹þ þ›%„öì•þ îûy‡öì•þ ö˜öì‡!Sé¡Ð
•þy Ööìl– ö¡‡öì†þîû îyîy G •þyîû î¦%þîûy !ôöì¡ xöìl†þ ¤Á›!_îû xy¢y †þöìîû ö¤¥z îy:!Øþ ‡%„?öì•þ îÄhßì ¥öìëû þ›öì’þüÐ
‡%„?öì•þ ‡%„?öì•þ ô™Äîûy•þ öþ›!îûöìëû öˆöì¡ ˜y˜%îû ôöìl þ›öì’þü öë ö¤ ~¥z ?¡˜¤%Äöì˜îû •þyîû !˜îyßºöì²À ö˜öì‡!Sé¡ ~î‚
îyhßìöìî ~îû ö†þyöìly x!hßìc öl¥zÐ
¤y®y!¥†þ îy?yîû öíöì†þ öæþîûyîû þ›öìí ö¤ ~†þîyîû ¤%r˜îûîöìlîû îûëûÄy¡ öîD¡ Øþy¥zˆyöìîûîû ¤Á¿%‡#l ¥ëûÐ ö¤ ~†þØþy îØþ
2
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
English| Chapter
TALESName
OF BHOLA GRANDPA
ˆyöìSé ’þzöì‘þ þ›öì’þü !löì?öì†þ î„y‹þyëûÐ !†þév îy‰!Øþ ˆyöìSéîû l#öì‹þ ¤yîûyîûy•þ xöìþ›Çþy †þöìîû ˜y˜%îû l#öì‹þ ölöìô xy¤yîûÐ öèþyîû
¥öì•þ ly ¥öì•þ¥z ˜y˜% îyöì‰îû †þíy ¤Á›)”Å è%þöì¡ !ˆöìëû ˆySé öíöì†þ ölöìô xyöì¤ !†þév @ýÌyöìôîû ö¡yöì†þîûy îy‰!Øþöì†þ •þ‡lG
îöì¤ íy†þöì•þ ö˜öì‡ ~î‚ ~¥z þ›%öìîûy ‰Øþly!Øþ ö˜öì‡ ‡%î xîy†þ ¥ëûÐ ë‡l @ýÌyöìôîû ö¡yöì†þîûy xîy†þ ¥öìëû •þyöì†þ !?öìKþ¤
†þöìîû öë ö¤ †þ#èþyöìî G¥z Ç%þ™y•Åþ îyöì‰îû ¤yôöìl !˜öìëû ö¥„öìØþ ‹þöì¡ xy¤¡Ú •þ‡l •þyîû îy‰!Øþîû †þíy xyîyîû ôöìl þ›’þü¡Ð
ö¤ ²Ìyëû èþöìëû xKþyl ¥öìëû ëy!FSé¡ ~î‚ ö†þyöìlyôöì•þ ö˜ïöì’þü îy!’þü ‹þöì¡ ëyëûÐ
•þyîû ~¥z è%þöì¡ ëyGëûy ßºèþyî!Øþ ‡%î¥z ¥y¤Ä†þîû !Sé¡Ð ë‡l ö¤ þ›„‹þylîç¥z îSéîû îëûöì¤ ôyîûy ëyëû– ~¥z?lÄ¥z •þyîû ßf#
îöì¡l– ¥ëûöì•þy !•þ!l Ù»y¤ !löì•þ è%þöì¡ öˆöìSélÐ
WORD-NEST
Overshadowed – tower above and cast a shadow over ŒSéyëûy ö˜GëûyŠ

Troop – a group of men or animals Œ˜¡Š

Moonlit- full with moonlight Œ‹„þyöì˜îû xyöì¡yëû þ›!îûþ›)”ÅŠ

Foggy – full of fog Œ†%þëûy¢yî,•þŠ

Riding – the action of sitting over someone’s shoulder Œ‹þ’þüy îy xyöìîûy¥” †þîûyŠ

Halted – waited Œöíöìô ëyGëûyŠ

Enquiry – to ask for some information Œ!?Kþy¤yîy˜ †þîûyŠ

Revealed – make known to others Œ²Ì†þy¢ †þîûyŠ

Gripped – to hold something Œ¥yöì•þîû ô%öì‘þyëû ™îûyŠ

Cosy – comfortable Œxyîûyô˜yëû†þŠ

Pirates – people who robs and attacks at sea Œ?¡˜¤%ÄŠ

Treasure – a quantity of precious metals, gems or other valuable objects Œ¤Á›˜Š

Howling – producing a long cry Œö?yöìîû !‹þê†þyîû †þîûyŠ

Roamed – to move about here and there Œ‰%öìîû öî’þüyöìlyŠ

Growl – make a low gradual sound like an animal Œþ›y¢!î†þ ¢·Š

Settled – resolved or reach an agreement Œ~†þ!Øþ !¤m*yöìhsý xy¤yŠ

Bewildered – puzzled Œ™„y™yöì•þ íy†þyŠ

Yawning – very large and wide Œ²Ì¢hßìŠ

Lamented – to show grief about something Œ˜%/‡ ²Ì†þy¢ †þîûyŠ

Breath – take in air ŒÙ»y¤ ölGëûyŠ

Textual Questions with answers

EXERCISE 1
l Tick the correct answer from the given alternatives:
1. In the bokal tree there lived
a) crows ¨ b) monkeys þ
c) tigers ¨ d) sparrows ¨
2. On the way back from the festival, Bhola Grandpa tightly held on to the two fingers of his
a) son ¨ b) cousin ¨
c) grandson þ d) nephew ¨
3. A gang of pirates were burying a
a) large box þ b) small box ¨
c) large bag ¨ d) small bag ¨
3
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
English| Chapter
TALESName
OF BHOLA GRANDPA
4. Bhola Grandpa was returning from the

a) yearly market ¨ b) monthly market ¨
c) daily market ¨ d) weekly market þ
5. Bhola Grandpa died at the age of
a) eighty–five ¨ b) ninety–five þ
c) fifty–five ¨ d) seventy–five ¨
EXERCISE 2
l Answer the following questions within fifteen words:
a. When did Bhola Grandpa let out a loud wail?
One day, Bhola Grandpa was returning from a festival and he was holding his grandson by his
two fingers. After coming a long way, when someone had asked him what he was holding in
his hand, he realised that the child was not there. That is why, he let out a loud wail in shock.
b. Where had the grandson found a cosy shelter?
The parted grandson of Bhola Grandpa had taken a cosy shelter under the belly of a cow.
c. What was the reason of Bhola Grandpa’s death according to his wife?
According to Bhola Grandpa’s wife, his husband had grown old and must have forgotten to
breath. That is why, he had died.
ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS with Answers

l Choose the correct alternative and complete the following sentences: (1 Mark Each)
i. Adjacent to Bhola Grandpa’s home, was a –
a) pipul tree ¨ b) banyan tree ¨
c) bokal tree þ d) oak tree ¨
ii. Bhola Grandpa and his wife, with the monkeys was-
a) irritated ¨ b) disturbed ¨
c) happy ¨ d) comfortable þ
iii. The night, Grandpa was returning from the festival, was –
a) rainy ¨ b) moonlit þ
c) cloudy ¨ d) stormy ¨
iv. The road, Grandpa was returning from the festival, was –
a) clean ¨ b) congested ¨
c) foggy þ d) dusty ¨
v. While coming back from the festival, the narrator was riding on , the village chowkidar’s –
a) cycle ¨ b) motor bike ¨
c) van ¨ d) shoulder þ
vi. The pirates had buried the large box under –
a) the bokal tree ¨ b) a hut ¨
c) a river ¨ d) the sand dunes þ
vii. The treasure hidden by the pirates was being searched by –
a) the narrator ¨ b) the father of the narrator and his friend þ
c) villagers ¨ d) policamen ¨
viii. Bhola grandpa confessed about the dream of the treasure at –
a) midnight þ b) noon ¨
c) the next day ¨ d) none of the above ¨
ix. People of Sunderban were particularly cautious after –
a) day time ¨ b) evening ¨
c) dusk þ d) night ¨
4
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
English| Chapter
TALESName
OF BHOLA GRANDPA
x. Bhola grandpa came down from the tree at –

a) night ¨ b) dawn þ
c) morning ¨ d) noon ¨
xi. After coming down from the tree Bhola Grandpa asked for –
a) some food ¨ b) some water þ
c) a shelter ¨ d) a bed ¨
xii. The nature was Bhola Grandpa was –
a) brave ¨ b) coward ¨
c) angry ¨ d) funny þ
xiii. Half century means –
a) 100 years ¨ b) 50 years þ
c) 25 years ¨ d) 75 years ¨
xiv. Bhola Grandpa died in the –
a) morning þ b) evening ¨
c) noon ¨ d) night ¨
lAnswer the following questions in a sentence : (1 Mark Each)

i. Who is the writer of the story?
Manoj Das, an Indian bilingual author is the writer of the story.
ii. Who is the narrator of the story?
The narrator of the story is a little boy who was acquainted of Bhola Grandpa.
iii. What type of a story is it?
This is a humorous story.
iv. Where did Bhola Grandpa live?
Bhola Grandpa lived at the western end of the village.
v. With whom did Bhola Grandpa live?
Bhola Grandpa lived there with his wife.
vi. Who lived in the Bokal tree?
In the Bokal tree lived a small troop of monkeys.
vii. Why did the narrator and other have to halt while returning from the festival?
While returning from the festival, Bhola grandpa had suddenly let out a cry making everyone
halt.
viii. Who had Bhola Grandpa taken to the festival with him?
Bhola Grandpa had taken his grandson to the festival with him.
ix. Whom did the narrator’s father sent to the festival along with Bhola Grandpa?
The narrator’s father sent two sharp- eyed men along with Bhola Grandpa.
x. Where had the pirates, seen by Bhola Grandpa hid their box?
The pirates hid their box under one of the sand dunes on the seashore by the narrator’s village.
xi. Where did Bhola Grandpa have an adventure?
Bhola grandpa had an adventure in the forest of Sunderban.
xii. Why had Bhola Grandpa come down though the tiger was still sitting there?
Bhola Grandpa had not noticed that the tiger was still sitting there.
xiii. What was Grandpa’s reaction after seeing the tiger in the morning?
Grand was going to faint out of fear. So he ran to his home.
xiv. From where was Bhola Grandpa returning when he heard a tiger roar?
Grandpa was returning from the weekly market, when he heard the tiger roar.
5
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
English| Chapter
TALESName
OF BHOLA GRANDPA
xv. Where did Bhola Grandpa save himself after looking at the tiger?
Bhola Grandpa climbed up a banyan tree seeing the tiger.
xvi. Where did the tiger sit to see Bhola Grandpa ?
The tiger sat inside a bush to observe Bhola Grandpa.
xvii. At what age did Bhola Grandpa pass away?
Bhola Grandpa had passed away at the age of ninety – five.
xviii. What was the age of Bhola Grandpa’s wife at that time?
Bhola grandpas’s wife was of eighty years old, when he had passed away.
l Answer the following questions in 30 – 40 words : (2 Marks Each)

i. “Everyone in our party was surprised” – Why were they surprised?
The narrator, along with many other villagers was returning from a festival. Bhola Grandpa
was also one of them. He had suddenly shouted out in the middle of the road. That is why
everyone was surprised.
ii. Why did Bhola Grandpa wait while coming back from the festival?
Bhola Grandpa along with his grandson had gone to attend a village festival. While he was
returning, in the middle of the journey, looking at his hand, someone asked him what he was
holding in it. Then he realised that he was holding the hand of his grandson, who was not there
at that time. Realising his grandson was lost, he let out a loud cry.
iii. Describe the funny incident that has been mentioned by the narrator in the text.
Once Bhola Grandpa told the narrator’s father and his friends that had seen a gang of pirates
hiding a large box under the sand dunes near the sea shore. Narrator’s father along with his
companions had searched for the treasure until midnight. After that, Gandpa declared that he
had seen the incident of pirates in his dream and it had no real existence. This incident was
funny indeed.
iv. What trouble did Bhola grandpa face in the jungle of Sunderban?
While coming back from the weekly market, Bhola Grandpa faced a wild Royal Bengal tiger.
He had heard the tiger growl suddenly at a distance of five yards behind him and after turning,
he saw him staring at his face.
EXERCISE 4
l Change the mode of narration of the following sentences:
a) Bulbuli said to his friend, “Will you come tomorrow?”
Bubuli asked his friend if he would come the next day.
b) Paulami says, “I am fine.”
Paulami says that she is fine.
c) The teacher said to the students, “Keep quiet.”
The teacher instructed the students to keep quiet.
d) My mother said to me, “May your dreams come true.”
My mother wished me that my dreams might come true.
e) The students said,” Sir, please allow us to play in the fields.”
The students requested to their sir to allow them to play in the field.
EXERCISE 5
l In each of the sentences of the following passage some articles and prepositions are used
in an incorrect manner. Underline them and replace them with the appropriate ones :
On an winter night I was aboard a boat. It was a moonlit night full on stars. The boat was
anchored up a great river. I was thrilled to see a beauty on nature.
On an winter night I was aboard a boat. It was a moonlit night full on stars. The boat was
6
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
English| Chapter
TALESName
OF BHOLA GRANDPA
anchored up a great river. I was thrilled to see a beauty on nature.

Corrected : On an winter night I was aboard a boat. It was a moonlit night full of stars. The

boat was anchored in a great river. I was thrilled to see the beauty on nature.
EXERCISE 6
l Write a dialogue within 100 words on the need to ban the use of animals like tigers and
lions as circus attractions:
Hints : wild animals decreasing – ill treatment to animals in circuses – criminal offence –
laws against such – need to be humane to animals
Atish : Hey Sumit! Where are you going in such a hurry?
Sumit : Hi Amit! I have booked a ticket of the famous Jublee Circus that is in town for three
days. Haven’t you planned to visit?
Atish : No. I am not so fond of these circuses where show tricks are done by animal. I feel
very bad by looking at the pathetic condition of them. Don’t you feel the same?
Sumit : I haven’t thought like that before. In fact, people flock in there specially to enjoy the
wild animals perform.
Atish : But the owners of the circus hire the animals and do not feed them well. They look so
weak! I have also heard that some injects drugs also to the animals to tame them for
a while. Their home is in forest. My heart breaks seeing them in this condition.
Sumit : I admit what you are saying. This is why the animals are decreasing in number also.
Atish : Yes. And as per my knowledge, government has already put a ban on this practice of
making animals perform in circuses. So why are they still doing it? It’s a crime.
Sumit : You are right. I also should not go and support this crime. Let’s go and talk to the
manager.
Atish : Wait! Let us inform to the local councillor first, then we will go. Come with me.
Sumit : Yes. I’m following you. This practice should stop however.
EXERCISE 7
l Write a story within 100 words using the given hints. Give a title to the story;
Hints : returning from educational excursion by bus – night journey – sudden breakdown –
tyres punctured – had to wait for two hours at a lonely place – tyres fixed – back home
A Journey Worth Remembering

It was the middle of December, and we were sweating as if it was the humid weather of May.
It was not humidity, but fear which was causing the sweat.
I, Amisha Paul, a student of class ten was returning from a trip with my school friends and
teachers. We had gone to Murshidabad for an educational excursion. I was in Class nine as
this was my first trip without my parents. All together we were a group of fifty people. We
were returning by bus. After much excitement we all were feeling sleepy and there was not a
single source of light on the road from where the bus was passing. So, some of us were chatting
and some were drowsy. Suddenly the bus stopped with a huge jerk. We were all shocked. Our
teachers along with the driver went to inspect the matter and we got to hear that it was a tyre
puncture. Now, we were terrified as there was not a single shop around. After awhile, our
driver went inside the village in the dark in search of a shop. We were all sitting for one hour in
the dark being unsure whether we would be able to get back home or not. Then, like a messiah
our driver returned with a tyre and fixed it. We were relieved and reached to our respective
homes. This was a journey worth remembering.
7
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
English| Chapter
TALESName
OF BHOLA GRANDPA
TEXTUAL GRAMMAR
l Fill in the blanks with appropriate articles and prepositions:
1. Bhola Grandpa and his wife lived __ __ western end __ our village. __ large bokal tree
overshadowed their hut. In __ bokal tree lived __ small troop __ monkeys.
at, the, of, a, the a, of
2. Everyone __ our party was surprised. We halted. Enquiry revealed that Bhola Grandpa had
taken his grandson __ the festival. He had tightly held __ __ the two fingers __ the boy. He
did not realize when those two fingers slipped __.
in, to, on, to, of out
3. They were burying __ large box __ one __ __ sand dunes __ the seashore __ our village. At
once father and his friends started looking __ the hidden treasure. Evening passed __ __ night.
Moonlight came __ through the clouds.
a , under , of, the, on, by, for, on, to, in
4. One evening, Bhola Grandpa was returning __ the weekly market. Suddenly __ a distance __
__ five yards behind him, he heard __ growl __ a Royal Bengal tiger. Bhola Grandpa turned
and foundthe bright gaze __ the tiger __ his face.
from, at, of, a, of, of , on
5. Dawn broke __ the cooking __ doves. Bhola Grandpa came __. There was a group __ men __
a mound __ little away. Bhola Grandpa climbed __ mound and requested the first man he saw
__ some water __ drink.
with, of, down, of, on, a , the , for , to
l Change the voice of the following sentences :
i) Bhola Grandpa had taken his grandson to the festival.
Bhola Grandpa’s grandson had been taken to the festival by Bhola Grandpa.
ii) My father chose two sharp-eyed men from our party.
Two sharp-eyed men were chosen from our party by my father.
iii) He had taken a cosy shelter under a cow’s belly.
A cosy shelter had been taken under a cow’s belly by him.
iv) They were burying a large box under one of the sand dunes
A large box was being buried under one of the sand dunes by them.
v) Bhola grandpa confessed that there was no real treasure.
The fact that there was no real treasure was confessed by Bhola Grandpa.
vi) The man had seen the tiger waiting.
The tiger had been seen waiting by the man.
vii) Bhola Grandpa left us forever one morning.
We were left forever one morning by Bhola Grandpa.
l Change the narration of the following sentence :

i) Someone asked Bhola Grandpa what he was gripping.
Someone said to Bhola Grandpa, “What are you gripping?”
ii) Bhola Grandpa, wild with excitement, told my father and his friends that he had seen a
gang of pirates.
Bhola Grandpa said to my father and his friends, “Oh! What a gang of pirates I had seen.”
iii) “What is your secret that you simply walked past the hungry beast and it did nothing?”
he asked Bhola Grandpa.
He asked Bhola grandpa what his secret was that he had walked simply past the hungry beast
and that had done nothing.
iv) She said with a sigh, “The old man must have forgotten to breathe.”
She said with a sigh that the old man must have forgotten to breath.
8
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
English| Chapter
TALESName
OF BHOLA GRANDPA
l Do as directed :
a) A large bokal tree overshadowed their hut. (Change the voice)
Their hut was overshadowed by a large bokal tree.
b) On a moonlit night, we were returning from a festival. (Turn into a compound sentence)
It was a moonlit night and we were returning from a festival.
c) Suddenly, Bhola Grandpa let out a loud wail. (Use the verb form of ‘wail’)
Suddenly, Bhola Grandpa wailed out loudly.
d) Everyone in the party was surprised. (Turn into a negative sentence)
Nobody was there in the party who was not surprised.
e) We halted. (Turn into complex sentence)
What we did, was to halt.
f) He remembered his grandson and let out a loud wail. (Turn into a simple sentence)
Remembering his grandson, he let out a loud wail.
g) It had been a rainy afternoon. (Use the noun form of ‘rainy’)
It had been an afternoon full of rain.
h) It was all a dream which he had during his midday nap. (Change into simple sentence)
During his midday nap, he had a midday nap.
i) Once Bhola Grandpa had a great adventure in the Sunderban.
(Change into a complex sentence)
It was Sunderban, where Bhola Grandpa had once had a great adventure.
j) Bhola Grandpa turned and found the bright gaze of the tiger on his face.
(Split into single sentences)
i) Bhola Grandpa turned.
ii) He found the bright gazed of a tiger.
iii) The gaze was on the grandpa’s face
k) Bhola Grandpa almost lost his sense in fear. (Change into compound sentence)
Bhola Grandpa almost lost his sense for he was feared.
l) The tiger was stretching its limbs and yawning. (Use not only … but also)
The tiger not only was stretching its limbs but also was yawning.
IMPORTANCE OF THE CHAPTER

This chapter makes students acquainted with the writing of world famous bilingual Indian
writer Manoj Das. We should have knowledge about the writings of such an eminent writer.
We witness
9
All About A Dog
— A.G. Gardiner
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
English| Chapter Name A Dog
All About
Introduction

‘All about a Dog’ is a story, narrated in first person, brings forth some issues of social rules and
regulations. The characters of the story reveal their own mentalities, virtues and also reflect
a picture of the society through their own actions. The theme of determination, domination,
class distinction, moral ethics and change comes out from the text. This story is taken from
A.G. Gardiner’s collection of stories ‘Leaves in the Wind’.
îDyl%îy˜
‘All about a Dog’ ˆöìÒ ö¡‡†þ •„þyîû !löì?îû x!èþKþ•þyîû †þíy î”Åly †þöìîûöìSélÐ ˆÒ î_«yîû ?îyl#öì•þ

î”Åly †þîûy ¥öìëûöìSé– ëy ¤ôyöì? ²Ì‹þ!¡•þ !†þS%é !lëûô†é þyl%öìlîû †þíy •%þöì¡ ™öìîûöìSéÐ ˆöìÒîû ‹þ!îûe=!¡ •þyöì˜îû
†þöìíyþ›†þíöìlîû ôy™Äöìô !löì?öì˜îû =” ~î‚ !îöì¢£ìc=!¡ •%þöì¡ ™îûyîû ¤öìD ¤öìD ¤ôyöì?îû ôyl!¤†þ•þyîû ~†þ!Øþ
Sé!îG •%þöì¡ ™öìîûÐ ~¥z ˆÒ!Øþöì•þ xyôîûy þ›y¥z ˜,“þü•þy– xy!™þ›•þÄ– ö×!” öèþ˜yöìèþ˜– l#!•þîy‹þ†þ ôöìlyèþyî ~î‚
þ›!îûî•Åþöìlîû !lëûôÐ ~!Øþ ölGëûy ¥öìëûöìSé A. G. GardinerŸé~îû ˆÒ ¤‚†þ¡l– 'Leaves is the Wind' öíöì†þÐ
ABOUT THE AUTHOR

A. G. Gardiner was an English Journalist, editor and author. His essays were written under
the alias 'Alpha, of the Plough'. He had written 'The Star', Pillars of Society, 'The War Lords',
'Leaves in the Wind' and many more. He was born on 2 June 1865 in England. He died on 3
March 1946, in English.
SUMMARY
On a bitterly cold night, a lady boarded a bus accompanied by another woman and a man.
The lady was carrying her pet dog. As soon as the conductor noticed the dog, he instructed the
lady to get the dog out of the bus. He was quite determined about his order and did not move
the bus until his order was obeyed. The lady protested strictly and got support of her fellow
passengers as well, claiming that she would not sit on the top of the bus in that cold weather.
The passengers got enraged, for the delay. Police came up to see the matter. But noting could
change the decision of the conductor. The conductor was feeling triumphant. Ultimately the
lady was compelled to sit on the top of the bus along with her dog.
After a while the bus faced an engine trouble. The passengers could not bear with the delay
any more and the crowd became thin gradually. The author was the last passenger. Observing
everything he advised the conductor that certain rules, like the traffic rules should be followed
strictly. But there are certain rules, which are created for the comfort of the passangers. So, we
should follow those rules judging the circumstances. Rules are made by man only. If men are
suffering for their own rules, it does not make any sense. So, at times we should show some
humanitarian approach. The conductor understood the fact at last.
¤yîûy‚¢
~†þ ¥y’þü †„þyþ›yöìly ¢#öì•þîû îûyöì•þ ˜%?l ô!¥¡y G ~†þ þ›%îû&£ì ~†þ¤öìD ~†þ!Øþ îyöì¤ ’þzöì‘þ þ›öì’þülÐ •þyöì˜îû ôöì™Ä ~†þ!Øþ
ô!¥¡y •þyîû öþ›y£ìy †%þ†%þîû!Øþöì†þ !löìëû îyöì¤ ’þzöì‘þ!Séöì¡lÐ ë‡l îyöì¤îû †þl’þyQîû!Øþ ~!Øþ ¡Çþ †þöìîûl– !•þ!l ô!¥¡y!Øþöì†þ
xyöì˜¢ †þöìîûl †%þ†%þîû!Øþ !löìëû îyöì¤îû îy¥zöìîû ‹þöì¡ öëöì•þÐ !•þ!l ~öì†þîyöìîû •þyîû †þíyëû xl’þü íyöì†þl ~î‚ ë•þÇþ”
•þyîû †þíy ly ôyly ¥öìFSé •þ•þÇþ” îy¤!Øþ xyØþöì†þ îûyöì‡lÐ ô!¥¡y!Øþ ~îû •þ#îÊ ²Ì!•þîy˜ †þöìîûl ~¥z îöì¡ öë !•þ!l ~¥z
¢#öì•þîû îûyöì•þîû îyöì¤îû Séyöì˜ !ˆöìëû î¤öì•þ þ›yîûöìîl ly ~î‚ ~öì•þ !•þ!l îyöì¤îû îy!†þ ëye#öì˜îû ¤ôíÅlG þ›ylÐ îy¤!Øþ
Séy’þüöì•þ ö˜!îû ¥Gëûyëû îyöì¤îû ëye#îûy Ç%þ¸þ ¥öìëû Göì‘þlÐ þ›%%!¡¢G xyöì¤ !î£ìëû!Øþ ö˜‡yîû ?lÄÐ !†þév •þyîûy !†þS%é¥z †þîûöì•þ
þ›yöìîûl lyÐ •þy¥z– †l’þyQîûG ~¥z îÄyþ›yöìîû èþëû þ›yl lyÐ xîöì¢öì£ì ô!¥¡y!Øþöì†þ •þyîû öþ›y£ìÄ!Øþöì†þ !löìëû îyöì¤îû Séyöì˜
!ˆöìëû î¤öì•þ ¥ëûÐ
!†þS%Çþ” þ›îû îyöì¤îû ¥z!Ol ‡yîûyþ› ¥öìëû ëyëûÐ ëye#îûy xyîû !î¡Áº ¤¥Ä †þîûöì•þ þly öþ›öìîû îy¤ öíöì†þ ölöìô ëyl
~î‚ e«öìô¥z ëyl ~î‚ îy¤!Øþ æ„þy†þy ¥öì•þ Öîû& †þöìîûþÐ ö¡‡†þ ö¢£ì ëye# !¥öì¤öìî íyöì†þlÐ ¤î!†þS%é ö˜öì‡ !•þ!l ö¤¥z
†þl’þyQîûöì†þ xyöì˜¢ ö˜l öë– !†þS%é !lëûô– öëôl îûyhßìyëû ØþÆy!æþöì†þîû !lëûô †þöì‘þyîûèþyöìî öôöìl ‹þ¡y ’þz!‹þ•þÐ !†þév !†þS%é
2
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
All About
!lëûô ~ôl ¥ëû– ëy ôyl%öì£ìîû ¤%!î™yöìíÅ îylyöìlyÐ ö¤¥z !lëûô=!¡ xyôyöì˜îû þ›!îû!ßi!•þ î%öìVþ lôl#ëû †þöìîû ölGëûy
’þz!‹þ•þÐ !lëûô ôyl%öì£ìîû¥z myîûy îylyöìlyÐ ôyl%£ì¥z ë!˜ !löì?îû îylyöìly !lëûöìôîû ?lÄ †þÜT þ›yëû– •þöìî !lëûöìôîû ö†þyöìly
xíÅ¥z íyöì†þ lyÐ •þy¥z !†þS%éöìÇþöìe xyôyöì˜îû ôyl!î†þ ¥Gëûy ²Ìöìëûy?lÐ †þl’þyQîû xîöì¢öì£ì •þyîû è%þ¡ î%Vþöì•þ þ›yöìîûlÐ
WORD-NEST
Bitterly : to an extremely harsh degree Œ•þ#îÊèþyöìîŠ

Vacant : empty Œ‡y!¡Š

Pekinese dog : a breed of furry lapdog Œ~†þ?yöì•þîû ö¡yô¢ †%þ†%þîûŠ

Beady-eyed : a small glittery eyes (’þzIµ¡ ö‹þy‡Š

Opportunity : a time or set of circumstances in affirmative Œ¤%öìëyˆŠ

Conductor : who collects tickets, manages crowd Œöë îyöì¤îû !Øþ!†þØþ !î•þîû” †þöìîû G xlÄylÄ ˜y!ëûc þ›y¡l †þöìîŠû

Intended : planned or meant Œ’þzöìj¢Ä²Ì”#•þŠ

Vague : of uncertain, indefinite character or meaning Œxß›ÜTŠ

Grievance : real or imagined cause for complaint Œx!èþöìëyˆŠ

Shivered : shake due to cold or frightened Œö†„þöìþ› G‘þyŠ

Evidently : in a way that is clearly seen or understand Œ!l!Ù‹þ•þèþyöìîŠ

Expected : regarded as likely Œxy¢yl%îû*þ›Š

Challenge : a call to participate in a competitive situation or fright Œ‹þÄyöì¡OŠ

Certainly : used to emphasize the speaker’s belief to be true Œ!l!Ù‹þ•þèþyöìîŠ

Companion : one who is accompanying you Œ¤¥†þyîû#Š

Nonsense : having no sense ŒxíÅ¥#lŠ

Pavement : a raised path for pedestrians at the side Œîûyhßyì îû þ›yöì¢ îylyöìly ’þz‹„ þ% ?yëûˆy– öë‡yöìl ˆy!’þü Göì‘þ lyŠ

Triumph : a great or achievement Œ?ëûŠ

Shameful : worthy of or causing or disgrace Œ¡Iy?l†þŠ

Unconscious : not aware of one’s environment ŒxKþylŠ

Demanded : claiming something firmly Œ˜y!î †þîûyŠ

Engaged : busy ŒîÄhßìŠ

Strolled up : walk in a leisurely way Œö¥öì¡ ˜%öì¡ ¥„yØþyŠ

Indignant : feeling or showing anger or irritation Œöîûöìˆ ëyGëûyŠ

Genially : marked by or freely expressing sympathy or friendliness Œ¤˜ëûèþyöìîŠ

Yards : an English unit of length Œ?!ôîû ~†þ†þŠ

Constables : a high officer of police or royal position Œ˜yöìîûyˆyŠ

Appeals : make a serious request Œxyöìî˜l †þîûyŠ

Protest : to oppose Œ²Ì!•þîy˜ †þîûyŠ

Indifferent : showing no feelings of being affected Œ’þz˜y¤#lŠ

Expressed : convey in words Œ²Ì†þy¢ †þîûyŠ

Emptying : remove all the contents Œ‡y!¡ ¥GëûyŠ

Pneumonia : infection in lungs Œæ%þ¤æ%þöì¤îû öîûyˆŠ

Disappeared : cease to be visible Œx˜,¢Ä ¥öìëû ëyGëûyŠ

Criticized : to point out good or bad thing about something Œ¤ôyöì¡y‹þly †þîûyŠ

Rope : cord Œ˜!’þüŠ

Declared : to announce something Œö‰y£ì”y †þîûyŠ

3
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
All About
Life and limb : life and all bodily faculties Œ¢îû#îû G ¢îû#öìîûîû îy!†þ xDŠ

Guidance : to support someone with advice and help Œ!löì˜Å¢ly †þîûyŠ

Amiably : having or displaying a friendly manner Œî¦%þ¤%¡èþŠ

Gale : commotion done by crowd Œö‹„þ‹þyöìô!‹þ †þîûyŠ

Observed : to look on Œ¡Çþ †þîûyŠ

Spirit : non-physical part of human being ŒxydyŠ


EXERCISE 1
l Tick the correct answer from the given alternative :
1. The younger woman carried a little
a) spaniel ¨ b) bull dog ¨
c) Pekinese dog þ d) spitz ¨
2. The younger woman was suffering from
a) stomach pain ¨ b) back pain ¨
c) fever ¨ d) cough þ
3. The bell was pulled by the
a) conductor þ b) driver ¨
c) younger woman ¨ d) older woman ¨
4. The number of policeman to whom the woman expressed her anger was
a) three þ b) four ¨
c) five ¨ d) six ¨
5. The problem the bus faced was with the
a) tyre ¨ b) engine þ
c) brake ¨ d) horn ¨
EXERCISE 2
l Answer the following questions within 15 words:
1. How many people get into the bus with the younger woman?
With the younger woman, two other people-one other woman and a man entered into the bus.
2. What was the conductor’s order to the younger woman?
The conductor ordered the younger woman to take the dog out of the bus.
3. Why did the conductor stand triumphant?
The conductor knew that the law was in his favour, though his order was inhuman. The woman
was compelled to obey his order. So, he stood triumphantly.
4. What is that rule which cannot be broken without danger to life and limb?
Some rules like the rules of the road cannot be broken without danger to life and limb.
EXERCISE 3
l Answer the following questions with twenty-five words:
1. When did the author feel that trouble was coming up?
The lady had boarded on to a bus with a Pekinese dog, which was not allowed as per the rule of
the public transport. However, she had taken a seat and saw that the conductor was coming to
collect the fare. By the expression on the conductor’s face seeing the dog, the author could assume
a trouble coming.
2. Mention two demands made by the passengers when the bus stopped.
As the bus stopped for a long time, the passengers demanded to call the police to report about
the conductor and they had also demanded to get their fare back.
4
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
All About
3. How are rules of guidance to be observed?

The author explained to the bus conductor that some rules are to be strictly followed as it is
instructed but the rules of guidance, like the rules for dog, should be followed in spirits and not
in letters. That means, we should understand the importance of the rule and follow that for the
comfort of others. We may not follow those rules word to word and can change it as per the
situation. But the main intention behind the rule should be followed. In this story, the conductor
has maintained the rule word to word but has not been compassionate, where it is needed.

l Choose the correct option and complete the following sentences: (1 Mark Each)
a) The narrator was travelling by a –
i) bus þ ii) car ¨
iii) train ¨ iv) auto ¨
b) The weather was –
i) hot and humid ¨ ii) hot and dry ¨
iii) mildly cold with soft rain ¨ iv) bitterly cold þ
c) The type of the Pekinese dog is –
i) a hunter dog ¨ ii) a dog used by police ¨
iii) an athletic dog ¨ iv) a lapdog þ
d) The nature of the conductor was –
i) jolly ¨ ii) friendly ¨
iii) harsh þ iv) ferocious ¨
e) The lady did not want to sit at the top of the bus, because –
i) She feared height ¨ ii) she could not carry the dog up ¨
iii) the weather was bad ¨ iv) none of these þ
f) The conductor was confident because –
i) he knew the police ¨ ii) the driver would save him ¨
iii) the law was in his favour þ iv) the lady was poor ¨
g) The story focuses upon-
i) rules to be obeyed on road ¨ ii) effectiveness of traffic rules ¨
iii) rules meant for animals ¨ iv) humanity over obedience
towards rules þ
h) The passengers on the bus, supported the –
i) conductor ¨ ii) the dog owner þ
iii) the police ¨ iv) the driver ¨
g) According to the narrator, rules about dogs are to be felt in –
i) letters ¨ ii) spirits þ
iii) both of the above ¨ iv) none of the above ¨
l Answer the following questions in one sentence: (1 Mark Each)

a) Who has written the story ‘All about a Dog’?
Alfred George Gardiner, a British author has written the story ‘All about a Dog’.
b) From where is the story ‘All about a Dog’ taken?
The story is taken from an edited version of A. G. Gardener’s essays of the same name.
c) Where is the whole story set?
The whole story takes place in a bus.
5
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
All About
d) How was the weather described in the story?

The night was bitterly cold and foggy.
e) What was the younger woman carrying?
The younger woman was carrying a Pekinese dog, which was her pet.
f) About what the conductor had grievance in particular?
The conductor had grievance in particular against the passengers who came in and took a seat
and he used to stand at the gate in cold.
g) What was the conductor’s demand about the dog?
The conductor demanded to keep the dog out of the bus.
h) Why was the dog owner reluctant to go to the top of the bus?
The dog owner was reluctant to go to the top of the bus as the weather was bitterly cold.
i) Whom did the fellow passengers supported?
The fellow passengers in the bus supported the lady with her dog.
j) What was the advantage of the conductor in this case?
By rule, the conductor’s demand was correct. That was his advantage.
k) “… the conductor walked to and fro like a captain in the hour of victory.” – Which figure
of speech has been used here?
The figure of speech that has been used here is called a simile.
l) When was the conductor really triumphant?
The lady had to give up in front of the adamant behaviour of the conductor and went to sit on
top of the bus along with dog, then the conductor became actually triumphant.
m) “I have got my rule” – Who is the speaker?
The conductor of the bus is the speaker.
n) How did the conductor stop the bus?
The conductor got down from the bus and stood at the pavement, demanding that the bus will
not move until the dog was brought out of the bus.
o) How was the reaction of the animal to this situation?
The innocent dog kept blinking his eyes looking at everyone vulnerably.
p) What does the ‘gale’ refer to?
In the story, gale refers to, the commotion made by the protesting shouts of the passengers in
the bus.
q) Why did the policeman stroll up?
The policeman strolled up to the bus hearing the commotion.
r) Why did the conductor have to stop the bus for the second time?
For the engine trouble, the conductor told to stop the bus once again.
l Answer the following questions in 20-30 words: (2 Marks Each)

a) “This was the opportunity for which the conductor had been waiting.” – About which
opportunity the speaker is talking? Why was the conductor waiting for this opportunity?
A woman had got into a bus with her pet dog. By rule, carrying pets on public transport was
not allowed. This had been like an opportunity to the conductor of the bus.
The conductor of the bus was a jealous and heartless man. He hated people who got a sit on
the bus while he had to constantly stand at the gate in bitterly cold weather. He was waiting
for such an opportunity just like the lady created by carrying her pet on the bus. So that,
he could send the lady out or on the top of the bus in the cold weather and make her suffer
same as him.
6
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
All About
b) “It was his moment of triumph.” Who is referred as ‘his’? What was the moment? Why did
he take it as a triumph?
The word ‘his’, refers to the conductor of the bus.
The conductor had ordered the lady to get the dog out of the bus, which she did not obey. Then
he pulled the bell, stopped the bus and declared that the bus would not move until the lady
obeys his order. This was his moment of triumph.
The conductor knew that the rule was on his side, so, the lady had to obey his words. That is
So, he took it as his triumph.
c) What did the passengers demanded from the conductor? How did he react to it?
The conductor had stopped the bus for a long time in demand of the lady to get out of the bus
with her dog. The other passengers on the bus were irritated and started demanding their fares
to be returned.
The conductor was very confident as his demand was lawfully correct. So he said confidently
that he would not return the fares and stood indifferently.
d) How did the policeman react to this situation?
Hearing the commotion in the bus, a policeman came forward. After listening to the problem
he said that the conductor was correct by law. So he could not deny what the conductor was
claiming. Paying no attention to the enraged public, the policeman went away and joined other
constables at a distance.
e) Mention the similes used by the author to describe the attitude of the conductor.
The author has used two similes to describe the character of the conductor. They are – “he
was cold as the night and hard as the pavement.” and “the conductor walked to and fro like a
captain in the hour of victory”. In the first comparison he compares the conductor’s adamant
behaviour with the coldness of the night and the hardness of the pavement. In the second
comparison his attitude after winning the situation is described as a triumphant captain.
f) “I have got my rules.” Who is the speaker? To whom is the speaker saying so? What was the
reason behind his saying this?
The speaker is the conductor of the bus.
The speaker is saying so to the last passenger of the bus, that is the author.
The conductor was saying this to the author, without being asked anything. It seemed like, he
wanted to explain his mind. As he knew in his mind that he was not correct in his ways and
wanted to satisfy his ego only. May be out of guilt, he wanted to explain this to the author.
EXERCISE 4
l In the following sentences, underline the verb forms which show that the person denoted
by the subject does something. Circle the verb forms which show that something is done
to the subject:
a) She has sung a song.
b) A song has been sung by her.
c) He will draw a picture.
d) A picture will be drawn by him.
EXERCISE 5
a) Nila has bought a book.
A book has been bought by Nila.
b) They will have seen the cricket match.
The cricket match will have been seen by them.
c) Bhola had seen a tiger.
A tiger had been seen by Bhola.
7
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
All About
d) The nurse will attend to the patient.

The patient will be attended to by the nurse.
EXERCISE 6
a) Do the sum.
Let the sum be done.
b) The poem was written by her.
She wrote the poem.
c) Open the door.
Let the door be opened.
d) The man is known to me.
I know the man.
EXERCISE 7
a) They agreed to my plan.
My plan was agreed to by them.
b) My brother lost my favourite pen.
My favourite pen was lost by my brother.
c) The man is writing a letter.
A letter is being written by the man.
d) Titli is looking for her watch.
Her watch is being looked for by Titli.
EXERCISE 8
l Tick the correct alternative given in the bracket :
a) It (rains/ has been raining/ is raining) since morning.
It has been raining since morning.
b) Last Sunday I (went/ had been going/ go) to the zoo.
Last Sunday I went to the zoo.
c) I (will be/ was/ am) in class X next year.
I will be in class X next year.
d) Rina (have reached/ had reached/ has reached) home just now.
Rina has reached home just now.
Textual Grammar
l Fill in the blanks with appropriate articles and prepositions :
1. I was travelling __ a bus. It was __ bitterly cold, night, and even __ __ far end __ the bus the
east wind cut like a knife. The bus stopped and two women and __ man got __ together and
filled __ vacant places.
in, a, at, the, of, a, in, the
2. “I won’t go __ __ top __ the bus __ such weather. It would kill me,” said __ woman.
on, the, of, in, the
3. Two or three passengers got __ and disappeared __ __ night. __ conductor turned __ the
pavement, went __ the driver __ have a talk __ him. Another bus, the last __ the road, went
__. It seemed indifferent __ the shouts __ the passengers __ stop.
out, into, the, the, to, to, to, with, on, by, to of, to
8
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
All About
4. Still the little dog blinked __ __ lights and the conductor walked to and fro like a captain __ the
hour __victory. __ woman passenger’s voice rose __ the gale, threatening __ bus conductor.
But he was cold as __ night and hand as the pavement. She expressed her anger __ __ three
policeman who stood __ __ street watching the drama.
at, the, in, of, A, above, the, the, to, the, up, the
5. Then his eyes fell __ the dog, and his hand went __ __ bell-rope again. The driver looked __,
the conductor pointed __ the dog, and __ bus stopped. __ whole struggle began all over once
again. The conductor walked __ the pavement, the little dog blinked __ the lights, the lady
again declared that she would not go __ the top, and finally went.
on, to, the, round, to, the, The, on, at, to
l Change the voice of the following sentences:

1. The younger woman carried a Pekinese dog.
A Pekinese dog was carried by the younger women.
2. You must take the dog out.
The dog must be taken out by you.
3. She had evidently expected the challenge and knew the reply.
The challenge was evidently expected by her and she knew the reply.
4. The little dog blinked at the lights.
The lights were blinked at by the little dog.
5. Then she came back, called her companion, and vanished.
Then she came back, her companion was called by her, and vanished.
6. The engine was put right.
Someone put the engine right.
7. You can use your common sense here.
Your common sense can be used here by you.
8. The conductor pointed to the dog.
The dog was pointed to by the conductor.
l Change the narration of the sentences:

1. “You must take the dog out.” he said.
He said that I must take the dog out.
2. “I shall certainly do nothing of the kind. You can take my name and address.” said the
woman.
The woman said that she would certainly do nothing of the kind. She also added that I could
take her name and address.
3. “Call the police!” said the passengers.
The passengers proposed to call the police.
4. “Let’s make him give us our fair back.” said the passengers.
The passengers demanded to let their fare be given back to them by him.
5. “Rules,” I said, “are necessary things.”
I said that rules are necessary.
6. He said “Good night” quite amiably.
He greeted good night quite amiably.
7. “I have got my rules”, the conductor said to me.
The conductor told me that he had got his rules.
8. “You’ll have pneumonia”, the man said.
The man said that she would have pneumonia.
9
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
All About
l Do as directed :
1. The bus stopped and two women and a man got in together and filled the vacant places.
(Split into simple sentences)
i) The bus stopped.
ii) Two women got into the bus.
iii) A man also went into the bus.
iv) They fill the vacant places.
2. The younger woman carried a little Pekinese dog. (Make the sentence complex)
The younger woman carried a little dog, which was Pekinese.
3. It would kill me. (Make it negative)
It would not leave me alive.
4. This bus doesn’t go on until the dog is brought out. (Make it complex)
This bus doesn’t go on if the dog is not brought out.
5. He stepped on to the pavement and waited. (Make it simple)
Stepping on to the pavement, he waited.
6. The conductor came to the door. (Turn it into an interrogative sentence)
Did the conductor not come to the door?
7. The conductor turned on the pavement, went to the driver to have a talk with him. (Change
into a simple sentence)
Turning on the pavement, the conductor went to the driver to have a talk with him.
8. But he was cold as the night. (Change the degree of comparison and make it comparative)
But the night was not colder than him.
9. Then she came back, called her companion, and vanished. (Turn into simple sentence)
After coming back, calling her companion, she vanished.
10. Then the bus developed engine trouble and the conductor went to the help of the driver.
(Make it complex)
As the bus developed engine trouble, the conductor went to the help of the driver.

The chapter gives us a picture of society and the emotions that are undercurrent. We get a
lesson of discipline, sensibility, morality, ethics, social differences and humanity. It teaches
us that obeying rules are necessary but nothing is bigger than humanity. After all, rules are
meant for the wellbeing of men only. We also understand the concept of first person narrative
and learn about similes.
10
AUTUMn
—JOhn clare
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
English| Chapter Name
Autumn
Introduction
‘Autumn’ is a seasonal lyric, beautifully composed by the famous romantic poet of nineteenth
century, John Clare, in whose poem, natural landscape of countryside has got a special
position. Poet expresses the beauty of windy weather while marking the transition from a rich
late autumnal month to a bleaker wintry season. It is the dull season of falling leaves and bare
branches, which shows the decaying nature. It also studies its effect of the animals and their
activities. At the end of autumn comes winter, so a tone of gloominess prevails throughout the
poem.
îDyl%îy˜
‘Autumn’ ¥¡ ~†þØþy }•%þ !î£ìëû†þ †þ!î•þy– ëy |l!î‚¢ ¢•þöì†þîû !î‡Äy•þ †þ!î John ClareŸé~îû ö¡‡y •„þyîû †þ!î•þyëû

²Ìy†,þ!•þ†þ ö¤ïr˜ëÅ ~î‚ @ýÌyô#” þ›!îûöìî¢ ~†þ !îöì¢£ì ßiyl öþ›öìëûöìSéÐ †þ!î ö¥ôhsý†þy¡ xíÅyê late autumn öíöì†þ
¢#•þ†þyöì¡îû þ›!îûî•Åþöìlîû ¤ôöìëû ~†þ!Øþ îyëû%ôëû !˜öìlîû †þíy ’þzöìÍÔ‡ †þöìîûöìSélÐ ~!Øþ ~†þ!Øþ !löìhßì? }•%þ– ë‡l ˆyöìSéîû
þ›y•þy Vþöìîû !ˆöìëû ¢y‡y²Ì¢y‡y=!¡ ¢)lÄ ¥öìëû !löìhßì? ²Ì†,þ!•þîû î”Åly †þöìîûÐ ~!Øþ ?#î?évîû ?#îöìl ~î‚ •þyöì˜îû †þyöì?
¢îûê†þyöì¡îû ²ÌèþyîG î”Åly †þöìîûÐ ¢îûê öþ›!îûöìëû ö¥ôöìhsýîû ö¢öì£ì xyöì¤ ¢#•þ†þy¡– xyîû •þyöì•þ ²Ì†,þ!•þ !löìhßì? ¥öìëû
xyöì¤Ð xyîû •þy¥z– ¤ô@ýÌ †þ!î•þy ?%öì’þü ~†þ !î£ì]•þy !îîûy? †þöìîûÐ
ABOUT THE AUTHOR

John Clare was born in a peasant family in the small English village of Helpston in 1793.
He had received a little formal education, but with admiration of nature and the beauty of
countryside he started penning down his poems. Very few poets have written of nature so
powerfully. Clare was commonly known as 'the Northamptonshire Peasant Poet' because of
the description of natural landscape in his poetry.
SUMMARY
The poet’s mind is arrested by the beauty of a windy day of autumn, when the gust of wind
is blowing away a heap of fallen dry leaves from the mossy elm-tree down the lane. He finds
beauty in the shaking of leafless bare twigs. The chirping of the sparrow reminds him of the
romantic affair of spring and summer, which is now empty because of the season of fall. The
beauty of spring was taken over by summer, which the poet can feel by sitting in the time of
autumn. He also loves to see smoke going up from the chimneys to the bare branches of trees,
which was once full with flowers and leaves. The resting pigeons in their nest denote the cast
of evening and also the cold weather. The crowing of the cock of dung- hill, the revolving
of the wind mill over the fields maintain the movement of nature while other things are
motionless and quiet, like the pigeons in their nest and the raising of cottage smoke. Though
in the month of November, autumn is transiting into winter, after the season of fall the season
of death is entering making the atmosphere gloomy, the poet finds an unparallel beauty in it.
Feather from the breast of high flying raven is shedding on to the harvested fields. A few pigs
are gathering under the tree to collect the fallen nutlike fruits from the oak trees. Poet has
intentionally drawn our attention to the falling of leaves, feathers, and corns to highlight that
it is the season of fall.
Poet is almost Keatsian in his nature to describe the beauty of the nature by referring to
the activities going on in the environment around him. He has picked up instances from
his surrounding to highlight the beauty of nature. Only an artistic mind like him can do an
objective study of the nature like this. It suggests that the poet is a keen observer and admirer
of nature.
¤yîûy‚¢

†þ!îôl ô%@»* ¥öìëû öˆöìSél ¢îûöì•þîû ö¢öì£ìîû ~†þ îyëû%ôëû !˜öìl– ë‡l ˜ô†þy ¥yGëûy ~öì¤ ~ÍÃ ˆyöìSéîû
Ö†þöìly þ›y•þy=!¡öì†þ îûyhßìyîû ˆ!¡ !˜öìëû ’þz!’þüöìëû !löìëû ‹þöì¡ ëyöìFSéÐ !•þ!l þ›y•þy¥#l î,Çþ¢y‡yîû ö˜y¡yöì•þG
2
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
Autumn
ö¤ïr˜ëÅ ‡%„öì? öþ›öìëûöìSél ‹þ’þüy¥zþ›y!‡îû !†þ!‹þîû !ô!‹þîûþ î¤hsý G @ýÌ#öìÜ¿îû !˜öìlîû ~öì†þ xþ›öìîûîû ¤öìD
ö²Ìôôëû•þyîû †þíy ôöìl †þîûyëû ëy ~‡l öl¥zÐ î¤öìhsýîû !˜öìlîû ö¤ïr˜öìëÅîû †þíy †þ!î ~¥z ¤ôöìëû îöì¤
ôöìl †þîûöìSélÐ !•þ!l îy!’þüîû !‹þô!l öíöì†þ G‘þy ö™„yëûyîû ‡y!¡ ˆyöìSéîû ¢y‡yëû ’þzöì‘þ ëyGëûyîû ˜,¢Ä ö˜‡öì•þG èþyöì¡yîyöì¤lÐ
îy¤yëû !î×yô ölGëûy þ›yëûîûy=!¡ ¢#öì•þîû ¤¦þÄy lyôyîû ?ylyl ö˜ëûÐ xyî?Ålyîû þ›y¥yöì’þü î¤y öôyîûöìˆîû ’þy†þ– ôyöì‘þîû
™yöìîûîû îyëû%†þöì¡îû ‰)”Ål ²Ì†,þ!•þîû ˆ!•þ î?yëû îûyöì‡– ë‡l xlÄylÄ !?!l¤– ¤î¥z !ßiîû ¥öìëû xyöì¤Ð ë!˜G ~¥z }•%þîû
ö¢öì£ì ¢#•þ†þy¡ xy¤öìSé– ëyîû lyô ô,•%þÄîû ¤öìD ö?y’þüy ¥ëû– •þî% †þ!îôl ²Ì†,þ!•þöì•þ ö¤ïr˜ëÅ ‡%„öì? þ›yöìFSéÐ xöìl†þ ’þz„‹%þöì•þ
G’þüy ¢†%þöìlyîû þ›y¡†þ Vþöìîû þ›öì’þü ôy!Øþöì•þÐ !†þS%é Ö†þîû ~öì¤ ?öì’þüy ¥ëû ˆyöìSéîû •þ¡yëû G†þ ˆyöìSéîû æþ¡ †%þ’þüyöìlyîû
’þzöìjöì¢ÄÐ †þ!î ’þzöìj¢Äþ›)îÅ†þ xyôyöì˜îû ˜,!ÜT xy†þ£ìÅ” †þîûöì•þ ö‹þöìëûöìSél !î!èþ§¬ Vþöìîû þ›’þüy !?!löì¤îû ²Ì!•þ– ~¥z }•%þîû
÷î!¢ÜTÄ öîyVþyöìlyîû ?lÄÐ
†þ!î ~‡yöìl– Keats-~îû !îöì¢£ì ™îûl xl%¤îû” †þöìîû ²Ì†,þ!•þîû ö¤ïr˜ëÅ î”Åly †þîûöì•þ ö‹þöìëûöìSélÐ !•þ!l •þyîû
xyöì¢þ›yöì¢îû þ›!îûöìîöì¢îû öíöì†þ ’þz˜y¥îû” •%þöì¡ ~öìlöìSél ~¥z }•%þîû ö¤ïr˜ëÅ •%þöì¡ ™îûyîû ?lÄÐ •„þyîû ôöì•þ !¢Ò#ôöìlîû
ôyl%öì£ìîû þ›öìÇþ¥z ¤½þî ²Ì†,þ!•þîû ~¥zîû*þ› î”Åly ö˜GëûyÐ ~îû öíöì†þ öîyVþy ëyëû öë †þ!î ²Ì†,þ!•þöì²Ìô#Ð
WORD-NEST
Fitful – occurring intermittently, not steady ŒÇþöì” Çþöì”Š
Gust – a sudden strong wind Œ˜ô†þy îy•þy¤Š
Casement – window Œîöì’þüy ?yly¡yŠ
Twirling – spin quickly and lightly round Œîlîl †þöìîû ö‰yîûyŠ
Window pane – sheet of glass in window Œ?yly¡yîû ¢y!¤ÅŠ
Eve – evening Œ¤¦þÄyŠ
Rig – here, the nest of the sparrow Œ‹þ’þü%¥zþ›y!‡îû îy¤yŠ
Flirting – behave lovingly but playfully Œö²Ìöìôîû èþyl †þîûyŠ
Curl – form a bend Œ~„öì†þöìî„öì†þ †%þ[þ¡# þ›y!†þöìëû G‘þyŠ
Nestled – to stay in the nest Œîy¤yëû íy†þyŠ
Cote – nest Œþ›y!‡îû îy¤yŠ
Dung-hill – an elevated land made by gathering of garbage Œxyî?Ålyîû þ›y¥y’þüŠ
Mill – a building equipped with machinery for grinding grain Œ¥yGëûyéŸé†þ¡Š
Sails – a wind-catching apparatus attached to the arm of a windmill Œîy•þy¤ ™îûyîû ?lÄ îyëû†% þöì¡îû
¤öìD ¡yˆyöìly ~†þ ësfŠ
Heath- an area of open uncultivated land Œxl%îÅîû ?!ôŠ

Raven – a hunter bird Œ˜„y’þü†þy†þŠ

Acorns – a nutty fruit of oak tree ŒG†þ ˆyöìSéîû æþ¡Š

Pattering down – falling down making patter sound ŒØ%þþ›Øþyþ› ¢· †þîûyŠ

Grunting – make a low short sound Œöé‰é„ yé•þöì‰é„ yé•þ é¢· é†þéîûéyŠ

Scramble – make quick but awkward step Œàöì’þüyô%!’þü †þöìîû xy¤yŠ


EXERCISE 1
l Tick the correct answer from the given alternative
1. All through the day the fitful gust shakes
a) window-pane ¨ b) curtains ¨
c) casement þ d) door ¨
3
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
Autumn
2. The poet loves to see the shaking twig dance till the
a) coming of dawn ¨ b) end of night ¨
c) end of afternoon ¨ d) shut of eve þ
3. The sparrow sat on the
a) cottage rig þ b) house-top ¨
c) mossy elm-tree ¨ d) casement ¨
4. The pigeons nestled round the
a) cage ¨ b) cote þ
c) branch ¨ d) heath ¨
5. The cock was crowning upon the
a) dunghill þ b) lea ¨
c) tree tops ¨ d) mill-sails ¨
6. The grunting pigs
a) walk slowly ¨ b) scamper by ¨
c) scramble and hurry þ d) dive and swim ¨
EXERCISE 2
l Answer the following questions within twenty five words :
a) What happens to the leaves of the mossy elm- tree in autumn?
The dry and pale leaves of the mossy elm-tree are shaded by the gust of autumn wind.
Altogether a heave of dry leaves twirling by the window pane goes down by the lane with the
flow of the wind.
b) What are the things the poet loves to see on November days?
In the poem 'Autumn' , the poet John Clare loves to see the natural phenomenon on dull
November days. He prefers to see the shaking twigs, the cottage smoke, the cock crowing on
the dung hill, the pigeons round the cote and the a -going mill sales on the heath. These are
the colourful picture of rural areas in Autumn.

1. The poet in this poem is concerned about -
a) summer season ¨ b) spring season ¨
c) winter season ¨ d) autumn season þ
2. The month that has been mentioned in this poem, is –
a) September ¨ b) October ¨
c) November þ d) December ¨
3. The wind is –
a) continuous ¨ b) stormy ¨
c) fitful þ d) chilly ¨
4. In the first stanza, the poet is –
a) out of his home ¨ b) in his home þ
c) on the roof ¨ d) none of the above ¨
5. The leaves are twirling by the –
a) lane ¨ b) street ¨
c) window pane þ d) trees ¨
4
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
Autumn
6. The lane is full with

a) flowers ¨ b) branches ¨
c) fresh leaves ¨ d) dry leaves þ
7. The twigs shake till –
a) dawn ¨ b) dusk ¨
c) evening þ d) night ¨
8. The poet is –
a) enjoying þ b) expressing grief ¨
c) repenting ¨ d) melancholic ¨
a) enjoying
9. The thing that makes the poet feel the warmth of summer, is –
a) the gust of wind ¨ b) chirping of sparrow þ
c) smoke of the cottage ¨ d) pigeons in the nest ¨
10. The November days are –
a) cheerful ¨ b) gloomy þ
c) exciting ¨ d) entertaining ¨
11. The raven’s feathers fall on –
a) the window pane ¨ b) harvested land þ
c) green field ¨ d) lane ¨
12. Acorns are –
a) crop ¨ b) seed ¨
c) fruits þ d) none of the above ¨
13. The pigs gather to collect –
a) acorns þ b) crops ¨
c) feather ¨ d) leaves ¨
14. In the poem, we hear the sounds of –
a) leaves and winds ¨ b) sparrow and pigeons ¨
c) sparrow and cock þ d) sparrow and raven ¨
l Answer the following questions in one sentence : (1 Mark Each)

1. What is the effect of wind on the leaves?
The dry leaves are blown away from trees by the gusty wind of autumn and swirling down the
window. It goes down by the lane.
2. What reminds the poet of the summer season?
The chirping of sparrows reminds the poet of the summer season.
3. Which season was laying flowers?
Spring season lies down flowers.
4. Why are the trees naked?
In the season of autumn, all the leaves of the trees fall down being dried making the trees naked.
5. How are the fields looking?
The fields are mowed bare.
6. What makes the pattering noise?
The acorns falling down from the trees make pattering noise.
7. Who awaits for the acorn to fall?
The pigs wait for the acorn to fall.
8. “I love the fitful gust that shakes/ the casement all day,” – Which figure of speech can you
find here?
In the quoted line we can see personification, as the wind is shaking the casement.
5
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
Autumn
9. “The spring was just now flirting by” – Which figures of speech can you find here?
In the quoted line, personification has been used as the spring is flirting.
l Answer the following questions in brief : (2 Marks Each)

1. How the season of autumn is reflected in the first stanza? Elucidate.
Throughout the poem the poet has intentionally highlighted such images, so that the readers
may perceive the image of autumn. In the first stanza of the poem, we can see that the dry
leaves of trees are falling by the gust of wind and twirling by the window. This is a typical
characteristic of the season of autumn. This is why autumn is called the season of fall.
2. What is the theme of the poem?
The poet gives a pen picture of the beauty of autumn in the countryside. Through various
visual and sound imageries the poet brings out the effects of autumn on the environment.
Though the atmosphere is actually gloomy as the winter has started setting, the poet’s mind
finds beauty in it.
3. Name the birds and its cries mentioned in the poem.
Several birds have been mentioned in the poem. Those are – sparrows, raven pigeons and the
cock. The sparrow was chirping and the cock was crowing.
4. What does the sparrow reminds the poet of?
The chirping of sparrow reminds the poet of the warmth of summer followed by spring.
He remembers how the branches become full with flower in summer and spring whereas in
autumn season it becomes empty.
5. Which are the activities that show movement in the season of autumn?
Though the season of autumn is actually gloomy as the nature is decaying but something
always keeps the motion of nature alive. In this poem, we can see the wind mill moving and
the cock is crowing on the dung-hill, which keeps the movement alive. Also, we can see that
the acorns are falling and pigs are gathering in the interest of those.
Grammar in Use
EXERCISE 3
l State whether the following sentences are in Active or Passive voice:
a. Anil will visit his grandmother’s house.
Active voice.
b. The president has left his office.
Active voice.
c. The project will have been finished by the students.
Passive voice.
d. Promita’s leave has been sanctioned by the school authority.
Passive voice.
EXERCISE 4
l Change the voice of the following sentences:
a. The boy has read out the letter.
The letter has been read out by the boy.
b. I shall have brought a cricket bat by tomorrow.
A cricket bat shall have been brought by tomorrow by me.
c. Sohini’s friends had organised a picnic.
A picnic had been organised by Sohini’s friends.
d. The football team will put up a brave fight.
A brave fight will be put up by the football team.
EXERCISE 5
6
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
Autumn
l Change the following sentences into indirect speech:

a. I said to him, “Will you share your tiffin with me?”
I asked him if he would share his tiffin with me.
b. Anjan’s mother said, “Your father has left for Mumbai.”
Anjan’s mother said that my father had left for Mumbai.
c. The girls triumphantly said, “Hurrah! We have won the match.”
The girls triumphantly exclaimed with joy that they had won the match.
d. He says, “Let you be successful in life.”
He wishes that I may be successful in life.
e. The captain informed, “The tournament was postponed last month.”
The captain informed that the tournament had been postponed the previous month.
WRITING Skills
EXERCISE 6
l Use the following flow-chart to write a paragraph within 100 words on how to make paper:
[cutting down of bamboos – making pulp – adding chemicals – rolling into sheets – adding
colours – drying – ready for use]
MAKING OF PAPER
Paper is one of the most essential objects of daily use. Starting from commercial purpose to
academic purpose, paper is in much demand. Let us know how the paper is processed. To
make paper, first bamboo is cut down in a huge number. Then in the factory, with the help
of machine, pulp is made out of the bamboos. Next, a few chemicals are added to it to get the
right texture. Then the substance is rolled out into sheets. After that, colour is added as per the
requirement. Paper can be of various colours and sometimes, the original colour of it is kept
intact. Then, the papers are dried. Finally, it is ready to use and to be delivered to the market.
EXERCISE 7
l Write a biography of Annie Besant within 100 words based on the hints given below :
[Hints: born on 1st of October 1847 in London – famous British writer – well known Socialist,
activist for the right of women – participated in Indian politics – joined the Indian National
Congress – became the first woman President of the Indian National Congress in 1917 –
passed away on 20th of September 1933 in Madras, India.]
ANNIE BESANT
To do something out of the box needs courage and Annie Besant is one of the finest examples

to prove this statement. This named and famed British writer was born on 1st October 1847
in London. Apart from being a prolific writer, her views regarding society was always very
prominent and she was never afraid of saying what is right. She had aired her voice to claim
the rights for women. Gradually she became involved in Indian politics. Looking at her
strong character, she was offered to join Indian National Congress, the very own political
party of India and she had accepted that. She became the first woman Indian President of
Indian National Congress in 1917. She was enough to be idolized. She passed away on 20th
September1933 in Madras, India. Her name will always be immortal in the pages of Indian
history.
7
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
Autumn
Textual Grammar
l Fill in the blanks with appropriate article and preposition:
1. I love __ fitful gust that shakes __ casement all day, and __ __ mossy elm-tree takes __ faded
leaves away, twirling them __ the window pane __ thousand others __ the lane.
the, the, from, the, the, by, with, down.
2. The pigeons nested __ __ cote __ dull November days like these; the cock __ the dung-hill
crowing, the mill sails __ the heath a-going.
round, the, on, upon, on
3. __ feather __ the raven’s breast falls __ the stubble lea, the acorns __ the old crow’s nest fall
pattering __ __ tree; the grunting pigs, that wait __ all, scramble and hurry where they fall.
The, from, on, near, down, the , for
l Do as directed:
1. I love the fitful gust. (Change the voice)
The fitful gust is loved by me.
2. I love the fitful gust that shakes the casement all day. (Turn into a simple sentence)
I love the fitful gust , shaking the casewment all day.
3. The gust from the mossy elm-tree takes the faded leaves away, twirling them by the window
pane with thousand others down the lane. (Split into simple sentences)
i) The gust comes from the mossy elm-tree.
ii) The gust fades the leaves away.
iii) The gust twirls the dry leaves by the window pane.
iv) the gust takes thousands of leaves down the lane.
4. I love to see the shaking twig dance till the shut of eve. (Turn into complex sentence)
I love to see the shaking twig which dance till the shut of eve.
5. I love to see the cottage smoke curl upwards through the naked trees. (Turn into compound
sentence)
Cottage smoke curl upwards through the naked trees and I love to see that.
6. November days are dull. (Change into interrogative sentence)
Are the November days not dull?
7. The acorns near the old crow’s nest fall pattering down the tree. (Use the noun form of
‘pattering’)
There is a patter down the tree of the acorns near the old crow’s nest.

This chapter is one of the finest examples or nature poem and romantic poem. Students should
be aware of this genre as it forms a major part of English literature. Students learn many figures
of speech as well.
8
A DAY IN THE ZOO
— GERALD MALCOLM DURRELL
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
ENGLISH| Chapter
A DAYName
IN THE ZOO
INTRODUCTION

‘A Day in the Zoo’ is a narrative account of the author’s first-hand experience of living in a zoo.
He pens down a picture of the interior of a zoo staring from dawn to night, along with giving
description of various animals in it. He makes the picture alive by giving us visual and sound
imagery throughout the story. Apart from a mere description, he also conveys a very serious
message through his first person narrative, that is, the torture and teasing done by human
beings on the animals.
îDyl%îy˜
‘A Day in the Zoo’ ˆÒ!Øþ ö¡‡öì†þîû ~†þ !‹þ!’þüëûy‡ylyîû ôöì™Ä íy†þyîû !l?ßº x!èþKþ•þyîû †þíy î”Åly †þöìîûöìSélÐ

!•þ!l •þyîû ö¡‡l#îû ôy™Äöìô ~†þ!Øþ !‹þ!’þüëûy‡ylyîû ôöì™Ä öèþyîûöìî¡y öíöì†þ îûy•þ ¥Gëûyîû ˜,¢Ä Sé!îîû ôöì•þy •%þöì¡
™öìîûöìSél– •þyîû¥z ¤öìD ~‡yöìl xyöìSé !î!èþ§¬ ²Ìy”#îû !îîîû”Ð !•þ!l Sé!îîû G ¢öì·îû ~•þ ¤%r˜îû ²Ì†þy¢ ‰!ØþöìëûöìSél •„þyîû
ˆöìÒ öë– ˆÒ!Øþ ?#îhsý ¥öìëû ’þzöì‘þöìSéÐ Ö™%ôye î”Åly Séy’þüyG– ~¥z ˆöìÒîû myîûy ö¡‡†þ ~†þ †þ!‘þl ¤•þÄ •%þöì¡ ™öìîûöìSél–
ëy ¥¡– ²Ìy”#öì˜îû Gþ›îû †þîûy ôyl%öì£ìîû xôyl!î†þ x•þÄy‹þyîû ~î‚ •þyöì˜îû †þÜT !˜öìëû !löì?öì˜îû ô?y ölGëûyîû ö‹þÜTyÐ
ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Gerald Malcolm Durrell was a British naturalist, writer, zookeeper and conservationist as well.
He was born on 7th January, 1925 in Jamshedpur, Brotish India. A few of his best books are
My Family and Other Animals (1956), which was afterwards telecasted as a television series.
He was the writer, founder of Jersey Zoo. He died on 30th January, 1995 in jesey.

SUMMARY
The author depicts what one can experience if he spends a day inside the zoo from day to
night. His day would start before the breaking of dawn with birdsong. Various birds with their
various sounds fill up the morning time. Graceful peahen adorns the courtyard with beauties.
Stephen, Mike and Jeremy along with all other staffs keeps the cages of chimpanzee and other
animal’s clean and also assures about the all over wellbeing. There are various notorious
mammals. Upstairs is the place allotted to birds like various parrots, touracos and parakeets.
After the bird house appears the reptile’s house, where you can find sleepy reptiles clinging to
rocks and trunks in their cages. The author also brings forth the inhuman behaviour of some of
the visitors towards the innocent animals and remarks ironically that human beings are more
dangerous than animals. After this, he describes the atmosphere of zoo in the evening. The
sound of the zoo changes and animals set themselves for taking rest. With the growing night
and with the changing position of moon the sky brightens up and again the sound of morning
is heard.
¤yîûy‚¢

~†þ?l ë!˜ ~†þØþy öˆyØþy !˜l !‹þ!’þüëûy‡ylyëû †þyØþyëû– •þyîû †þ#îû*þ› x!èþKþ•þy ¥öì•þ þ›yöìîû •þy †þ!î ~¥z ˆöìÒ î”Åly
†þöìîûöìSélÐ •þyîû !˜l Öîû& ¥öìëû ëyöìî öèþyîû ¥Gëûyîû xyöìˆ¥z þ›y!‡îû ˆyöìlîû ¤öìDÐ ¤yôöìlîû ’þz˜Äyl!Øþöì†þ ôëû)öìîûîû
xè)þ•þþ›)îÅ lyô ¤%¤!I•þ †þöìîû îûy‡öìîÐ !hßìöìæþl– ôy¥z†þ ~î‚ ö?öìîû!ô xlÄylÄ ¤˜¤Äöì˜îû ¤öìD!¢Á›y!O ~î‚ xlÄylÄ
?#î?hsýîû ‡„y‹þy=!¡ þ›!îûÜñyîû îûy‡öìî ~î‚ •þyöì˜îû ¤yô!@ýÌ†þ èþyöì¡y íy†þyîû †þíy î¡öìîÐ ö¤‡yöìl xöìl†þ ™îûöìlîû
hßìlÄþ›yëû# ²Ìy”# ö˜‡y ëyëûÐ !‹þ!’þüëûy‡ylyîû Gþ›öìîûîû •þ¡yëû þ›y!‡öì˜îû íy†þyîû ?yëûˆyëû xöìl†þ ²Ì?y!•þîû !Øþëûyþ›y!‡–
ö•þïîûy†þ¤ ~î‚ þ›yîûy†þ#Øþ¤ ö˜‡y ëyëûÐ þ›y!‡îûy¡öìëûîû þ›îû xyöì¤ ¤îû#¤,þ›öì˜îû ‰îû– öë‡yöìl ö˜‡y ëyëû ‰%ôhsý ¤îû#¤,þ›öì˜îû
ëyîûy !löì?îû ‡„y‹þyîû ôöì™Ä ˆyöìSéîû =„!’þü xíîy þ›yíöìîûîû Gþ›îû ?!’þüöìëû Ööìëû íyöì†þÐ ö¡‡†þ !†þS%é ôyl%öì£ìîû ôyl!î†þ
xy‹þîûöì”îû †þíyG •%þöì¡ ™öìîûöìSél ~î‚ !îo&þ› †þöìîû îöì¡öìSél– ôyl%£ì ²Ìy”#öì˜îû öíöì†þ öî!¢ èþëû‚†þîûÐ ~îûþ›îû !•þ!l
!‹þ!’þüëûy‡ylyîû ¤öì¦þöìî¡yîû ˜,¢Ä î”Åly †þöìîûlÐ ¤™Äyîû xyGëûy?=!¡ þ›!îûî!•Åþ•þ ¥öìëû ëyëû ~î‚ ²Ìy”#îûy !î×yô ölGëûyîû
þ²ÌéÝ!•þ †þöìîûÐ îûy•þ îy’þüyîû ¤öìD ¤öìD ~î‚ ‹„þyöì˜îû xîßiyl þ›!îûî•Åþöìlîû ¤öìD ™#öìîû ™#öìîû xy†þy¢ þ›!îûÜñyîû ¥ëû ~î‚
öèþyöìîûîû ¢·=!¡ xyîyîû Ölöì•þ þ›yGëûy ëyëûÐ
2
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
ENGLISH| Chapter
A DAYName
IN THE ZOO
WORD-NEST
Ordinary – with no special features Œ¤y™yîû”Š

Quite – to the utmost Œ¤Á›)”ÅèþyöìîŠ

Enables – to be able to do something Œ¤Çþô ¥GëûyŠ

Average – a central of typical value ŒöôyØþyô%!ØþŠ

Tinged- coloured Œîû!.lŠ

Awakened – rouse from sleep Œ‰%ô öíöì†þ ö?öìˆ G‘þyŠ

Bursts – break open ŒöæþöìØþ þ›’þüyŠ

Hoarse – sounding rough and harsh Œ†þ†Åþ¢Š

Earnest – showing sincere conviction Œ’þz˜ä@ýÌ#îèþyöìîŠ

Burnished – polished Œþ›y!¡¢ †þîûyŠ

Raised – elevate to a higher position Œîöì’þüy †þöìîû ö•þy¡yŠ

Mammals – a worm- blooded vertebrate animal that produces milk in their own body to feed

the young and gives birth to the young ŒhßìlÄþ›yëû# ²Ìy”#Š
Gallop – the fastest pace Œ¡yæþ !˜öìëû lyôyŠ

Wrench – a sudden violent twist Œöôy‹þ’þü ö˜GëûyŠ

Sockets – a hollow where something fits Œ¤öì†þØþŠ

Fluorescent – vividly colourful Œ’þzIµ¡ îûöì.îûŠ

Mess – a dirty or untidy state of things Œ~öì¡yöìôöì¡yŠ

Sawdust – powdery particles of wood Œ†þyöì‘þîû =„öì’þüyŠ

Eager – strongly interested Œ’þzê¤%†þŠ

Bustle about – moving in energetic and busy manner ŒéîÄhßì•þyëû ö‰yîûyöìæþîûy †þîûyŠ

Clings – hold on to tightly ŒxyØþöì†þ íy†þyŠ

Parakeets – small birds , species of parrot Œ!Øþëûyþ›y!‡ ?y•þ#ëû þ›y!‡Š

Cacophony – a discordant mixture of sounds Œö‹„þ‹þyöìô!‹þŠ

Mongoose – a small carnivorous mammals with long body and tail Œô‚=¤Š

Armadillo – an insectivorous mammal that has large claws for digging and body covered plate

Œ¢_« x„yöì¢ “þy†þy ¤%’þüDöì‡y’þüy ²Ìy”#Š
Twitching – cause a short sudden jerking Œô‹þ†þyöìlyŠ

Touracos – a fruit-eating African bird Œ~†þ™îûöìlîû þ›y!‡Š

Peers – look with difficulty at someone Œ†þyîû&îû !˜öì†þ xß›ÜTèþyöìî ö˜‡yŠ

Perches – an object on which a bird sits Œþ›y!‡îû î¤yîû ˜„y’þüŠ

Husky – sounding low-pitched Œ!æþ¢!æþ¢ †þîûyŠ

Lidless – having no eye lids Œö‹þyöì‡îû þ›y•þy¥#lŠ

Gulping – swallow something quickly Œ!ˆöì¡ öæþ¡yŠ

Draped – arrange loosely or casually (mainly cloth) Œ?’þüyöìlyŠ

Ensure – to make someone sure about something Œ!l!Ù‹þ•þ †þîûyŠ

Prod – poke with a finger or a stick Œö‡„y‹þyöìlyŠ

Uncivilized – lack of the civilized mannerism Œx¤èþÄŠ

Thins out – reduces Œ¥y¡†þy ¥GëûyŠ

3
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
ENGLISH| Chapter
A DAYName
IN THE ZOO
Ceases – stops Œî¦þ ¥GëûyŠ

Chorus – music produced when sung altogether Œ¤ôöìî•þ ¤‚ˆ#•þŠ

Take over – assume control over something Œ†þ¶y †þöìîû ölGëûyŠ

TEXTUAL QUESTIONS WITH ANSWERS

EXERCISE 1
l Tick the correct answer from the given alternative
1. The average day in a zoo begins just before –
a) dusk ¨ b) dawn þ
c) afternoon ¨ d) evening ¨
2. The birds searching the dewy grass on the lawn were
a) peahens þ b) peacocks ¨
c) robins ¨ d) thrushes ¨
3. Stephen with a broom in his hand was guarding over the
a) bears ¨ b) gorilla ¨
c) apes þ d) armadillo ¨
4. The name of the black Celebes ape was –
a) Etam þ b) Jeremy ¨
c) Mike ¨ d) Stephen ¨
5. The reptile dozed in the temperature of
a) sixty degrees ¨ b) seventy degrees ¨
c) eighty degrees þ d) ninety degrees ¨
EXERCISE 2
l Answer the following questions within fifteen words :
1. How does the sky look as one is awakened by the birdsong?
The sky gets tinged by the yellow of just rising sun and one can see that when awakened by the
birdsong.
2. How do the parrots and parakeets salute the people?
The parrots and parakeets calls out together making a cacophony to salute the people.
3. What do all the animals do at the start of a new day?
All the animals become feeling excited and energetic bustle about the cages.
4. As the light fades, where does the robin fly off to?
With the light fading away the robin flew off to the mimosa tree.
EXERCISE 3
l Answer the following questions within twenty-five words:
1. What work do Jeremy and Mike do in the gorillas’ cages?
Jeremy and Mike are the staffs who work in the zoo. They are allotted to clean the mess of the
cages and to scatter fresh white sawdust.
2. Describe the state of the frogs and snakes of the reptile house.
Animals are kept in the reptile house in the temperature of eighty- degree, where they feel sleepy.
While entering there, snakes regard his visitors with lidless eyes and frogs make gulping sound.
3. What would one see and hear while lying in the bed at night?
While lying in the bed, through the window, one can see the moon parting from the shadowy
trees. One can also hear lion coughing.
4
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
ENGLISH| Chapter
A DAYName
IN THE ZOO
ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS WITH ANSWERS

l Choose the correct option and complete the following sentences : (1 Mark Each)
1. The first thing you will listen after waking up in a zoo, is –
a) the cry of a cock ¨ b) birdsong þ
c) trumpet of elephants ¨ d) cries of blackbird ¨
2. a zoo owner has to rush –
a) from two to three hours ¨ b) in the day time ¨
c) in the night time ¨ d) none of the above þ
3. The average zoo day begins–
a) in the morning ¨ b) before dawn þ
c) at the dawn ¨ d) in the day time ¨
4. the cry of touracos is –
a) melodious ¨ b) shrilly ¨
c) soft ¨ d) harsh þ
5. The grass of the courtyard is –
a) mossy ¨ b) dewy þ
c) long ¨ d) cropped ¨
6. The dancing peahen looks like –
a) a fountain þ b) a river ¨
c) a flower ¨ d) rain ¨
7. The zoo staffs arrive at –
a) 7 AM ¨ b) 8 AM þ
c) 9 AM ¨ d) 10 AM ¨
8. The houses of mammals are built with –
a) marble ¨ b) granite þ
c) cement ¨ d) iron ¨
9. The nature of the blackbird is –
a) melancholy ¨ b) fierce ¨
c) joyous þ d) idle ¨
10. The last cry among the animals can be heard of –
a) the white-headed thrush þ b) the robin ¨
c) touracos ¨ d) peacock ¨
11. The one who stands guard over the apes, is –
a) Stephen þ b) Mike ¨
c) Etam ¨ d) all of the above ¨
12. The animals at the start of the day feels –
a) sleepy ¨ b) uninterested ¨
c) energetic þ d) ferocious ¨
13. “Caroo… Caroo… coo… coo….” – Whose call is this?
a) chimpanzee ¨ b) robin ¨
c) mongoose ¨ d) Peety þ
14. the zoo opens for the visitor at –
a) 8 AM ¨ b) 9 AM ¨
c) 10 AM þ d) 11 AM ¨
15. The uncivilized behaviour that men do to the animals kept in zoo, are –
a) throwing stones at them ¨ b) prod them with sticks ¨
c) gives razor baldes to them ¨ d) all of the above þ
5
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
ENGLISH| Chapter
A DAYName
IN THE ZOO
16. In the evening the robin flies back to –

a) a jungle ¨ b) banyan tree ¨
c) mimosa tree þ d) teak tree ¨
17. At night, the sound that can be heard is –
a) robin singing ¨ b) monkeys playing ¨
c) mongooses crying ¨ d) lion coughing þ
18. The animal who can cry like a human being, is –
a) the mongoose ¨ b) the monkey ¨
c) the parrot þ d) parakeets ¨
19. The general atmosphere of Zoo is –
a) busy þ b) quiet ¨
c) noisy ¨ d) gloomy ¨
20. Mike’s nature is –
a) grumpy ¨ b) melancholic ¨
c) boring ¨ d) jolly þ
l Answer the following questions in a single sentence: (1 Mark Each)

1. For how much time you have to be active if you live in a zoo?
You have to be active for twenty four hours, if you are in a zoo.
2. What is touracos?
Touracos is a fruit eating African bird with slightly coloured wings and a long tail.
3. How does a touracos cry?
The cry of touracos is rich, fruity and harsh .
4. What is seen on the courtyard?
On the velvety green courtyard, a group of peahen can be seen dancing spreading their
beautiful feathers.
5. Name the staffs of the zoo.
The mentioned names of the staffs of the zoo are – Stephen, Mike and Jeremy.
6. Describe the activity of Peety.
Peety usually sits on a high perch, but on your call he will come down to the visitor’s nearest
perch and will call out Caroo.. Caroo.. Coo .
7. What do the chimpanzees quarrel about?
Chimpanzees quarrel about who will have the straw first
8. What does the owl pretend to be in daylight?
In the broad daylight the owls look like grey tree stumps.
9. What is the name of the grey parrot?
The name of the grey parrot is Suku.
10. Who is Peety?
Peety was the male touraco bird.

1. “Here you find a lot of activities.” – Which place has been referred here? What activities
are seen here?
In the above mentioned sentence, the mammal section of the zoo is mentioned.
The mammals like gorillas and other apes are hyper active all the time. They gallop down the
floors being energetic like children just out of school. They try to pull out electric heaters from
their sockets or break the lights. Etam, an ape clings to the wire and bares his teeth to greet his
visitors. A few staffs of zoo which includes Stephen, Jeremy and Mike are seen busy clearing
their cages. So, this place is always full with activities.
6
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
ENGLISH| Chapter
A DAYName
IN THE ZOO
2. Describe the scene of the bird section.

The bird section is upstairs in the zoo. Various kinds of parrots and parakeets can be seen
there. The parrot cries out calling himself to be a fine bird. If one passes by the cage of touracos,
Peety will come down to greet him and sit at the low perch calling out in his husky voice.
3. Describe the evening scene of the zoo.
In the evening the crowd disperse gradually. Sunlight starts to fade away casting a shadow of
everything over the flower bed and rockery. The robin stops singing and flies back to the top
of the mimosa tree. The owls become active. Amid the silence the quarrel of chimpanzees can
be heard.
4. “Everyone has to be alert.” When does everyone have to be alert? Bring out the irony of the
situation.
The author, through this story has drawn a pen picture of zoo in his own account. Various
rare animals, their sounds and activities have been described. Along with the poet we also feel
how rare and precious they are. Zoo is opened for a limited period of time for visitors. But
some of them practice some unimaginably cruel things to tease the animals, which includes,
throwing razor or blades to the chimpanzees, giving them lighted cigarettes or throwing stones
towards them. This is why the poet says sarcastically that the keepers of the zoo should be alert
from the time of the entry of the visitors, as all should be aware of human beings rather than
animals.
GRAMMAR IN USE
EXERCISE 4
Classify the underlined adverbs according to their functions in the chart given below :
a) I have already done the job.
b) Bappa can go anywhere for his work.
c) Puja often comes to my place.
d) Nargis sings sweetly.
Functions of adverbs
Manner Time Place Frequency
Sweetly Already Anywhere Often
EXERCISE 5
l Underline the clauses in the following sentences and state what kind of clauses they are :
a) As he was not there, I spoke to his brother.
b) The house where Nazrul was born is in Churulia.
c) She said that she would return soon.
d) Have you read the book which you borrowed from me?
a) As he was not there, I spoke to his brother.

Adverbial clause
b) The house where Nazrul was born is in Churulia.
Adverbial clause
c) She said that she would return soon.
Noun clause
d) Have you read the book which you borrowed from me?
Adjective clause
7
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
ENGLISH| Chapter
A DAYName
IN THE ZOO
EXERCISE 6
l Identify the following sentences as simple, complex or compound sentences :
i. He is too tired to walk alone.
Simple sentence
ii. I have a friend who lives in Mumbai.
Complex sentence
iii. Priyam wrote a letter but he got no reply.
Compound sentence
iv. Being ill, I could not attend school.
Simple sentence
v. She told me that she would enter a house which is believed to be haunted.
Complex sentence
vi. The sun shines brightly and the flowers bloom.
Compound sentence
WRITING SKILLS
EXERCISE 7
l Write a letter to the Headmaster/ Headmistress of your school within 100 words seeking
leave for three days to visit your ailing grandmother:
The Headmaster
Naihati Boys High School
Naihati
7000023
Subject: Leave for three days

Sir,
This letter is to request you humbly, to grant me, Somriddho Banik, a student of class X,
section A, Roll No. 36, a leave of three days as some emergency cause has arisen in my home.
My grandmother lives alone far at Malda district. She has got a cardiac arrest last night and
my parents have to go to attend her. They want to take me along with them as both will not be
present in the home.
This is why I request you humbly to grant me three day’s leave, beginning from tomorrow. You
positive decision shall help my family to attend the urgent need.
I will be highly obliged if you grant me this leave.
3. A Laha Colony
Shyampukur Street
Kolkata – 700006
Your Sincerely
Somriddho Banik
EXERCISE 8
l Write a letter to your friend within 100 words narrating your experience of visiting a
Wildlife Sanctuary.
Salkia, Howrah
12.07.2020
Subject: Experience of a Visiting Wildlife Sanctuary
My dear Sushmita,
I am in receipt of your letter wanting me to write about my last trip to Chintamani Kar Bird
Sanctuary. So, I am penning down my exciting experience in this letter.
8
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
ENGLISH| Chapter
A DAYName
IN THE ZOO
As you already know, I suppose, about by passion about bird watching and collection
information about them, this place was in my go-to list for a long time. Finally I went there
last week along with my family. This place , situating in south Kolkata, near Narendrapur
Ramkrishna Misson, is a mind arresting place. This is famous for containing a variety of birds,
butterfly and orchids. We reached there at 8 AM, as it was suggested by an acquainted person,
that to watch a rare and huge variety of birds we should go early. The huge tress a home to
birds like, Asian Koel, Scaly-breasted munia, large-billed crow, woodpeckers and many other
breeds. A white-throated kingfisher arrested my eyes the most. Our guide made us familiar
with their names. He was a generous and knowledgeable person. I have clicked pictures of
some rare species of butterflies to show you.
I enjoyed the day to the fullest. I think we should soon plan a trip together. I hope you be in
good health and give my regards to your parents.

Your loving friend
Sumana
TEXTUAL GRAMMAR
l Fill in the blanks with the appropriate form of article and preposition:
1. It is one thing __ visit __ zoo as __ ordinary member __ the public. It is quite another thing __
own a zoo and live __ it. It certainly enables you __ rush __ __ any hour ___ the day or night
__ observe __ animals.
to, a, an, of, to, in, to, out, at, of, to, the
2. The sky will be slightly tinged __ yellow when you are awakened __ the birdsong. You can hear
__ robin singing. You hear __ rich, fruity, slightly hoarse cries __ the touracos, and __ joyful
blackbird. As __ last __ his song dies, __ white-headed thrush bursts __ __ excited cry.
with, by, a, the, of, a, the, of, the, into, an
3. __ eight o’clock the zoo staff arrives. You can hear them shout greetings __ each other. Sound
made __ their buckets and brushes are heard. You go out __ __ cool fresh morning __ see if
all is right __ the zoo.
at, to, by, into, the, to, with
4. The gorillas have been let __ __ their cages while the cages are cleaned. They gallop __ __ the
floor __ the high spirits of children just __ __ school. They try __ wrench __ electric heaters
__ their sockets, or break the fluorescent lights.
out, of, about, on, with, out, of, to, the, from
l Do as directed :
1. It certainly enables you to rush out at any hour of the day or night to observe the animals.
(Turn into a complex sentence)
It is certain that it enables you to rush out at any hour of the day or night to observe the
animals.
2. The sky will be slightly tinged with yellow when you are awakened by the birdsong.
(Turn into a simple sentence)
At your being awakened by the birdsong, the sky will be slightly tinged with yellow.
3. You can hear a robin singing. (Use the noun form of ‘singing’)
You can hear the song of a robin.
4. At eight o’clock the zoo staff arrives. (Use the noun form of ‘arrives’)
The arrival of the zoo staff happens at eight o’clock.
9
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
ENGLISH| Chapter
A DAYName
IN THE ZOO
5. The monkeys and other mammals live in the long, two-storied granite house.
(Turn into a compound sentence)
The monkeys and other mammals live in the long two – storied house which are made up of
granite.
6. All the animals, excited and eager at the start of a new day, bustle about the cages.
(Split into simple sentences)
i) All the animals are excited.
ii) They are eager .
iii) They bustle about the cages.
iv) It is the start of a new day.
7. They try to wrench the electric heaters from their sockets. (Change the voice)
The electric heaters from their sockets are tried to wrench by them.
8. The uncivilized behaviour of some human beings in a zoo has to be seen to be believed.
(Make it negative)
You cannot believe the uncivilized behaviour of some human beings in a zoo, if you do not see it.
9. Towards evening the visiting crowd thins out. (Make it negative)
Not before the evening the visiting crowd thins out.
10. You hear the lion cough. (Make a question by using wh-word for this statement)
What do you hear?

Gerald Durrell is one of the finest names in British literature. His writing includes witty,
humorous yet adventurous descriptions. It is so full of imagery that the reader can almost feel
the scene to be real while reading. Students learn the uses of imagery and get to read a real
experience which is written in first person narrative.
10
ALL SUMMER IN A DAY
—Ray Douglas Bradbury
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
English| Chapter Name IN A DAY
ALL SUMMER
Introduction
‘All Summer in a Day’ is a science fiction, where we get to observe the agony of people which is
caused by the long waiting to see the sun and to feel its warmth. To the people of earth it may
be an ordinary incident but to the people of Venus it is an occasion, as the sun had risen there
after seven long years. The inhabitants of Venus experience continuous rainfall everyday for
twenty-four hours, along with thunder and storm. All the children and elders wait for the sun
to rise anxiously. There is an unparallel description of the emotions of common people which
has been uniquely blended with scientific minded writing.
îDyl%îy˜
‘All Summer in a Day’ ¥¡ †þÒ!îKþyöìlîû ~†þ!Øþ ˆÒÐ öë‡yöìl xyôîûy ôyl%öì£ìîû ësf”yîû †þíy ?ylöì•þ þ›y!îû– ëyîû

²Ì™yl †þyîû” ¥¡ ¤)ëÅ ö˜‡yîû ?lÄ •þyöì˜îû x™#îû xöìþ›ÇþyÐ þ›,!íî#îû ôyl%öì£ìîû †þyöìSé ~!Øþ ~†þ!Øþ x!•þ ¤y™yîû” ‰Øþly
¥öì¡G öèþlyöì¤îû ôyl%öì£ìîû †þyöìSé ~ öël ~†þ ’þzê¤î– †þyîû” ö¤‡yöìl ¤y•þ îSéîû þ›îû ¤)ëÅ ö˜‡y ëyöìFSéÐ öèþlyöì¤îû
îy!¤r˜yîûy ²Ì!•þ!˜l ‹þ!îç¢ ‰^ýØþy Ö™% Vþ’þü G îL!î˜%Äê¤¥ î,!ÜTþ›y•þ ö˜‡öì•þ þ›yëûÐ öSéyöìØþy îöì’þüy ¤îy¥z ’þz˜ä@ýÌ#î ¥öìëû
íyöì†þ ¤)öìëÅîû ö˜‡y þ›yGëûyîû ?lÄÐ ˆÒ!Øþöì•þ ôyl%öì£ìîû xl%è)þ!•þîû ~†þ x•%þ¡l#ëû !îîîû” þ›yGëûy ëyëû ëyîû ¤‚!ô×”
‰öìØþöìSé !îKþylôlßñ îÄ!_«öì˜îû ¤öìDÐ
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
Ray Douglas Bradbury, born on 22nd August, 1920, in Waukegan, Illinois, U.S was a
remarkable author and screenwriter. This much celebrated author of 20th century had worked
in variety of modes, which includes fantasy, science-fiction, horror, mystery and many more.
His celebrated short stories are All Summer in a Day, The Veldt, A Sound of Thunder and
many others. His first short story was ‘Hollerbochen’s Dilemma’. He died on 5th June, 2012,
but his creation will be always immortal.
SuMMARY
The story opens in a school room in Venus, where children along with their teacher is seen
waiting for the sun to arise. They are immensely eager to see the sun as it is rising after seven
long years. Throughout seven years it was continuously raining heavily, along with thunder-
storm. Huge forests, growing continuously covered the whole Venus. Everyone was frustrated
by experiencing the monotonous gloomy and wet atmosphere. They used to play, read and
talk about sun a lot but had forgotten how the actual sun looked like or felt like. So, they had
gathered in front of the window very excitedly.
Before the sun was raising the whole atmosphere change and became utterly silent as the rain
had stopped. Children had to cover their ears for not being habituated of the silence. They
ran out screaming when the sun arose. Jumped, ran, played and felt the warmth of the sun
upon their skin. Excitement could be seen in the animals of the jungle also. But unfortunately
their happiness was very short lived. Soon they noticed raindrops and the sun went under the
clouds. All their happiness turned into sadness.
¤yîûy‚¢

ˆÒ!Øþ Öîû& ¥ëû öèþlyöì¤îû ~†þ!Øþ !î˜Äy¡öìëû– öë‡yöìl öî!¢ !†þS%é îyF‹þyîûy •þyöì˜îû !¢!Çþ†þyîû ¤öìD x™#îû xy@ýÌöì¥ xöìþ›Çþy
†þîûöìSé ¤)ëÅ G‘þyîûÐ •þyîûy ‡%î¥z ’þzê¤%†þ ¤)ëÅ ö˜‡yîû ?lÄ– †þyîû” •þyîûy ¤y•þ îSéîû þ›îû ~ôl ˜,¢Ä ö˜‡öì•þ ‹þöì¡öìSéÐ ¤%˜#‰Å
¤y•þ îSéîû •þyîûy e«ôyˆ•þ Vþ’þü ~î‚ îL!î˜%ÄêéŸé¤¥ î,!ÜT ö˜öì‡öìSéÐ e«ôyˆ•þ î,!m* þ›yGëûy ?Döì¡ öèþly¤ öSéöìëû öˆöìSéÐ
²Ìöì•þÄöì†þ ~¥z ¤„Äy•þöì¤„öì•þ x¦þ†þyîû ~î‚ ~†þöì‰„öìëû xyî¥Gëûyëû !îîû_« ¥öìëû ’þzöì‘þöìSéÐ •þyîûy ö‡¡yîû ôöì™Ä– þþ›’þüyÖöìlyîû
ôöì™Ä– xyöì¡y‹þlyîû ôöì™Ä ¤î¤ôëû ¤)öìëÅîû lyô †þîû•þ !†þév •þyöì†þ ö†þôl ö˜‡öì•þ îy •þyîû xl%è%þ!•þ ö†þôl ö¤Øþy è%þöì¡¥z
!ˆöìëû!Sé¡Ð ¤)ëÅ G‘þyîû xyöìˆ þ›!îûöìî¢Øþy ~†þ xq$•þ !lhßì¸þ•þyëû èþöìîû !ˆöìëû!Sé¡ ~î‚ î,!ÜTG öíöìô !ˆöìëû!Sé¡Ð îyF‹þyîûy
~¥z xq$•þ !lhßì¸þ•þyëû !löì?öì˜îû †þyl ö“þöì†þ !löìëû!Sé¡Ð ¤)ëÅ G‘þyîû ¤öìD ¤öìD •þyîûy ö˜ïöì’þü öî!îûöìëû ëyëû– ôyöì‘þ ö‡¡y
†þöìîû ~î‚ ¤)öìëÅîû ’þz_yþ› !löì?îû ¢îû#öìîû xl%èþî †þöìîûÐ ?Döì¡îû ²Ìy”#öì˜îû ôöì™ÄG ’þzöì_?ly éöé˜é‡éy éëéyéëûéÐ é!é†þév
˜%èÅþyˆÄî¢•þ •þyöì˜îû ¤%‡ !Sé¡ ‡%î¥z Çþ”ßiyëû#Ð ¢#‰Ê¥z ¤)ëÅ öôöì‰ ö“þöì†þ !ˆöìëû î,!ÜTîû öæ„þyØþy þ›’þüöì•þ Öîû& ¥öìëû ëyëûÐ
•þyöì˜îû ¤îyîû xylöìr˜îû ô%¥)•Åþ=!¡ ˜%/öì‡ þ›!îû”•þ ¥öìëû ëyëûÐ
2
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
ALL SUMMER
WORD-NEST
Gush – flow out rapidly Œ™yEþyŠ

Tidal waves – exceptionally large ocean waves Œö?yëûyöìîûîû ö“þ’þzŠ

Crushed – damaged by inward oppression Œô%‹þöì’þü ö˜GëûyŠ

Belonging – in possession of someone Œxhsýîûˆ•þŠ

Civilization – the most advanced stage of human’s social and cultural development Œ¤èþÄ•þyŠ

Chattered – to talk informally Œî†þî†þ †þîûyŠ

Pressed – flattened by pressure Œö‘þ¡yöì‘þ!¡ †þîûyŠ

Peered – looked with difficulty Œ†þÜT †þöìîû ö˜‡yŠ

Stunned – wondered Œxîy†þ ¥GëûyŠ

Gathered – coming or meeting all together for a purpose Œ~†þöì?yØþ ¥GëûyŠ

Slackened – reduce or decrease Œ™#öìîû ¥öìëû ëyGëûyŠ

Eager – highly interested Œ’þz˜ä@ýÌ#î ¥GëûyŠ

Echoing – a sound being repeated after the original sound had stopped Œ™ç!l•þ ¥GëûyŠ

Tunnels – an artificial underground channel ŒØþyöìl¡Š

Grounded – well balanced Œè)þ!ôßi †þîûyŠ

Stuffed – full with things inside Œö‘þöì¤ èþöìîû ö˜GëûyŠ

Flaming – glowing like a fire flame Œ?µ¡hsýŠ

Yelling – shouting Œ!‹þê†þyîû †þîûyŠ

Squinted – eyes partly closing for looking more clearly Œ!•þëÅ†þ ˜,!ÜTŠ

Savoured – taste and enjoy to the full Œßºy˜ @ýÌ¥” †þîûyŠ

Gigantic – huge in size Œx!•þ†þyëûŠ

Steadily - maintaining a same pace Œ~†þ!lÛþèþyöìîŠ


EXERCISE 1
1. Men and women came from the Earth to Venus by
a) aeroplanes ¨ b) helicopters ¨
c) rockets þ d) satellites ¨
2. The children learned that the sun was like a/an
a) lemon þ b) apple ¨
c) orange ¨ d) guava ¨
3. The children long forgotten the colour of the
a) Earth ¨ b) Sun þ
c) Venus ¨ d) Moon ¨
4. When the children felt warm in the sun they took off their
a) jackets þ b) sweaters ¨
c) blazers ¨ d) coats ¨
5. The children came to know that the sun would come out after
a) two years ¨ b) six years ¨
c) seven years þ d) nine years ¨
3
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
ALL SUMMER
Exercise 2
l Answer the following questions within fifteen words:
a. How did the heavy storms affect the islands of Venus?
The storm caused tidal waves to come over the islands.
b. What did the children write about the sun?
The children had written small stories essay and poems about the sun.
c. Where did the children play?
The children played in the echoing tunnels of the underground city.
d. How did the jungle in Venus look?
The jungle grew continuously in continuous rain and had spent many sunless years.
Exercise 3
a. Why were the children eager to see the sun?
The children on Venus had not seen sun for seven long years as it was continuously raining
along with heavy blow of storm. They had forgotten the colour and description of sun. So, they
were very eager to see the sun.
b. What did the children do immediately after the rain stopped?
The children ran out of their school yelling excitedly and turned up their cheeks towards the
sky to feel the heat of the sun upon their cheeks. They took off their jackets to let the sun warm
their body.
c. Why do you think that the children were feeling unhappy when it started raining again?
The children became unhappy when it started to rain, as they could enjoy the sun for a very
less time and was not sure when they would see the sun again. It was a very short span of time
to enjoy the sun after waiting for long seven years.

l Choose the correct option to complete the following sentences : (1 Mark Each)
1. The sun was not seen in Venus for –
a) two years ¨ b) six months ¨
c) seven months ¨ d) seven years þ
2. The age of the children was –
a) seven years ¨ b) eight years ¨
c) nine years þ d) ten years ¨
3. The children had seen the sun previously, at the age of –
a) one year ¨ b) two years þ
c) three years ¨ d) none of the above ¨
4. The last time, the sun had shown for –
a) half an hour ¨ b) one hour þ
c) two hours ¨ d) non of the above ¨
5. The first drop of rain was noticed by –
a) the teacher ¨ b) a boy ¨
c) a girl þ d) all the children ¨
6. When it was raining hard, the children were standing –
a) under a tree ¨ b) at the school gate ¨
c) at the doorway þ d) inside the school room ¨
7. The sound of the rain was –
a) mind ¨ b) soothing ¨
c) harsh ¨ d) gigantic þ
4
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
ALL SUMMER
8. Looking at the rain, the faces of the children looked –

a) sad ¨ b) pale þ
c) relaxed ¨ d) angry ¨
9. The children played in the sun –
a) hide and seek þ b) cricket ¨
c) football ¨ d) volley ball ¨
l Answer the following questions in a sentence : (1 Mark Each)

1. “Will it happen today, will it?” – What does the ‘it’ refer to?
The word ‘it’ refers to the appearance of sun.
2. Where was the school room located?
The school room was located in Venus.
3. “Look, look, see for yourself.” – What is to be looked at?
The children are telling each other to look outside to see the sun which would be about to rise.
4. “its stopping, its stopping.” – What is stopping?
The rain is stopping.
5. What had the children written about the sun in their poems?
The children had written in their poem that sun was like a flower to them, which used to bloom
for an hour only.
6. What did the children read about the sun?
The children read that the sun looks like a lemon and is very much hot.
7. Why did the children stop suddenly while enjoying the sun?
One of the children among them noticed a rain drop on her palm and she announced that it
had started to rain, so the children stopped.
8. What was the girl’s reaction after seeing the first raindrop?
The girl started trembling and cried out of grief.
l Answer the following questions: (2 Marks Each)

1. What was the effect of rain on forests?
In Venus, there was no sun for seven long years and it was continuously raining. For the heavy
and continuous rainfall a huge growth in forest was seen, which was for the same hard rain
crushed also.
2. “Will it happen today, will it?” – Who is the speaker? Why is the speaker so eager?
The speaker is a child among the excited children.
The speaker along with his friends and teacher was very excited to see the rising of the sun
as they would have been experiencing it after seven long years. In Venus, it rained heaving
everyday and for seven years no sun was seen.
3. How did men and women go to Venus from the earth?
Men and women went to Venus, which is another planet like earth, by a rocket.
4. “She must hurry or she’ll miss it.” – Who is the speaker? Who is “she” referred to? What
will be missed if she becomes late?
The speaker is one of the children of the school on Venus.
‘She’ is referred to their teacher.
All the children were waiting for the sun to arise and had gathered in front of the window.
Suddenly they saw that their teacher was not present there. So, they thought if she did not
hurry she would miss the appearance of the sun.
5
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
ALL SUMMER
5. How has the weather changed after the rain had stopped?
In Venus, rain was continuing for seven long years. The inhabitants were habituated by
listening to sound of continuous rainfall. So, when it stopped, it seemed like a hurricane had
stopped. Instead of continuous tremor and noise there was complete peace. It seemed like the
ground was standstill. It was so unusual for them all, the children had to cover their ears by
their hands.
6. Describe the sun according to the children.
The children had forgotten how the sun actually looked like. When the sun rose, they saw that
its colour was flaming bronze and it was huge in size. There was a blue circle around the sun.
7. What did the teacher warn to the running children?
As the children were running desperately in excitement out of the school room, the teacher
instructed not to go too far.
8. How did the jungle look without sun?
The sun had not shown for long seven years in Venus. Although it grew rapidly due to rain
but it had become dull like rubber, ash or ink due to lack of sunlight.
9. Why did the smile of the children vanish?
After enjoying in the sun only for a few minutes, one of the children noticed a drop of rain on
his palm. Followed by her a few other children also noticed that it had started to rain. So they
became very grave as they could not enjoy the sun fully.
Grammar in Use
Exercise 4
l Do as directed:
a. I have a blue pen. (Change into a complex sentence)
I have a pen which is blue in colour.
b. Seeing a snake, the boy shouted. (Change into compound sentence)
The boy saw a snake and shouted.
c. I know a man who is very wise. (Change into a simple sentence)
I know a wise man.
d. The girl who is dancing on the stage is my sister. (Change into a compound sentence)
A girl is dancing on the stage and she is my sister.
e. I met my friend and told her about an incident. (Change into a simple sentence)
Meeting my friend, I told her about the incident.
f. The sky was overcast but it didn’t rain. (Change into a complex sentence)
Although the sky was overcast, it didn’t rain.
WRITING Skills
EXERCISE 5
l Write a letter within 100 words to the postmaster of your locality infirming him about the
loss of an important letter addressed to you, and requesting him to help you get it.
To
The Postman
Shyambazar Post Office
Kolkata – 700004
Subject : Inquiry about a lost letter
Sir,
I, Sneha Chakraborty, a resident of 3/1 Shyampukur Street, Kolkata – 700004, beg to draw
your attention to the fact that I was to receive an important letter through the post office in the
6
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
ALL SUMMER
previous week which I have not received yet. The sender is saying that he has already posted it.
That is why, I want to enquire you about the status of my letter. I will be highly obliged if you
pay attention to my grievance and take the required action quickly.
Kindly do the needful as soon as possible.
Thanking you.

Yours Sincerely

Sneha Chakraborty
Shyampukur Street
Kolkata – 700004
Textual Grammar
l Fill in the blanks with appropriate articles and preposition:
1. It had been raining __ seven years. Thousands __ thousands __ days filled __ one end ____
other __ rain. The days were filled __ the gush __ water and endless showers.
for, upon, of, from, to, with, with, of
2. This was __ way __ life forever __ planet Venus. Here was located __ schoolroom __ the
children belonging __ men and women who came __ rockets __ Earth.
the, of, on, the, of, to, by, from
3. The children __ the schoolroom chattered and pressed __ each other like so many roses. They
peered __ __ the window __ look __ the hidden sun.
in, to, out, of, to, at
4. When the sun came __ last time seven years ago they were too young. They could not recall
__ sun when it came __ __ just __ hour and showed its face __ the stunned world.
out, the, out, for, an, to
l Do as directed:
1. It had been raining for seven years. (Turn it into negative sentence)
It never stopped raining in seven years.
2. The days were filled with gush of water and endless showers. (Turn into complex sentences)
Those were the days which were filled with gust of water and endless showers.
3. Heavy storms caused tidal waves to come over the islands. (Turn into complex sentence)
It was the heavy storm which caused tidal waves to come over the islands.
4. This was the way of life forever on planet Venus. (Use none…but)
It was none but the way of life forever on planet Venus.
5. Will it happen today, will it? (Turn into assertive sentence)
It will not happen today.
6. They peered out of the window to look at the hidden sun. (Turn into compound sentence)
They peered out of the window and looked at the hidden sun.
7. When the sun came out last time seven years ago they were too young. (Turn into simple sentence)
They were too young at the time of sun’s coming out last time seven years ago.
8. “Where’s our teacher?” asked the students. (Change the narration of the sentence)
The students asked where their teacher was.
9. There were no motions or tremor but peace. (Change into affirmative sentence)
It was without motion or tremor and very peaceful there.
10. The jungle burned with sunlight. (Use the noun form of ‘burned’)
There was burn in the jungle due to sunlight.
7
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
ALL SUMMER
11. “Now, don’t you go too far.” Their teacher called after them. (Change into direct speech)
There teacher instructed them by calling out not to go too far.
12. They stopped running and stood in the great jungle that covered Venus. (Change into simple sentence)
By stopping running, they stood in the great jungle covering Venus.
13. Everyone stopped. (Turn into negative sentence)
Nobody moved any further.
14. In the centre of it was a large raindrop. (Turn into a complex sentence by using adjective clause)
There was a large raindrop at a place which was the centre of it.
15. Then they closed the doors and heard the gigantic sound of the rain falling everywhere.
(Change the voice)
Then the doors were closed by them and the gigantic sound of rain falling everywhere was
heard by them.
IMPORTANCE OF THE Text

This chapter is a fine example of science-fiction. It gives an account of the strange life and

atmosphere in the planate Venus. We get to see the excitement and eagerness of people and also
the change of their emotion with the change of situation. If also depicts people’s endurance.
8
MILD THE MIST UPON
THE HILL
— Emily Jane Bronte
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
MILD THE MIST UPON THE HILL
Introduction
‘Mild the Mist upon the Hill’ is a beautifully written poem by Emiliy Bronte, which takes the
reader to a dreamy world. The poetess has utilized natural imagery, which marks her back to
her younger days, which were happy. The natural beauty casts a strong impression on the mind
of the poem and has intermingled with her emotions. It is a reflective poem marked by vivid
imagery and powerful imagination.
îDyl%îy˜
‘Mild the Mist upon the Hill’ ~!ô!¡ îÊöìrØþîû ö¡‡y ~†þ!Øþ x¤y™yîû” †þ!î•þy– ëy þ›y‘þ†þöì˜îû ~†þ ßº!²À¡ ?ˆöì•þ

!löìëû ëyëûÐ †þ!î ²Ì†,þ!•þ öíöì†þ îû*þ›†þÒ !löìëûöìSél– ëy •„þyöì†þ •„þyîû þ›%îûöìly !˜öìlîû ¤%‡ß¿,!•þ !æþ!îûöìëû ö˜ëûÐ ~¥z ²Ìy†,þ!•þ†þ
ö¤ïr˜ëÅ •„þyîû ôöìlîû Gþ›îû ~†þ ˆèþ#îû ²Ìèþyî öæþöì¡ ~î‚ •„þyîû ö‹þ•þlyîû ¤öìD ?!’þüöìëû ëyëûÐ ~!Øþ ~†þ!Øþ èþyöìîyj#þ›†þ
†þ!î•þy öë‡yöìl !î!èþ§¬ îû*þ›†þÒ ~î‚ †þÒly ¢!_«îû öô¡î¦þl ‰öìØþöìSéÐ
ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Emily Jane Bronte was an English novelist, famous for delivering an English classic ‘Wuthering
Heights’. She had published a collection of poetry collaborating with her sisters Charlotte and
Anne, titled ésby Currer, Ellis and Acton Bell. She was born on 30th July, 1818 in Thornton,
Yorkshire, England and died on 19 December 1848, in Haworth, Yorkshire, England. Within
her lifetime she had penned down many remarkable works, which include “The Night of Storm
has Passed”, “Now Trust a Heart’’ and many others.
SUMMARY

The poem opens by giving its readers a peaceful and tranquil picture of a misty mountain.
The weather is also calm and fresh just like one becomes fresh after shedding away the tears of
sorrow. The beauty of the nature amazes the poet and takes him back to the days of her youth
which was secure in the lap of her parents in her own comfortable place. She remembers the
days were warm and happy. The poem has connected the time of past and present. Standing in
the present gloomy day, the poetess could feel the joyous memories of past. Nature has casted
a strong impression on the mind of the poet, making her melancholic, whereas at the same
time the fragrance of rain returns her back the cheerful memories. It suggests how nature has
the power to affect out mood, especially a poetic mind.
¤yîûy‚¢

†þ!î•þy!Øþ Öîû& ¥ëû ¢yhsý †%þëûy¢yî,•þ þ›y¥yöì’þüîû ~†þ Sé!î !˜öìëûÐ ö†þ’þz ö†„þöì˜ •þyîû ˜%/‡ èþy!¤öìëû ö˜Gëûyîû þ›îû öëôl
Öm* G ¢yhsý ¥öìëû ëyëû– î,!ÜTß¬y•þ þ›!îûöìî¢G ö•þô!l ¢yhsý ¡yˆöìSéÐ ²Ìy†,þ!•þ†þ ö¤ïr˜ëÅ †þ!îöì†þ •„þyîû x•þ#öì•þîû ¤%r˜îû
G ¤%îû!Çþ•þ !˜l=!¡öì•þ !æþ!îûöìëû !löìëû ëyëû– ëy þ›%îûöìly îy!’þüöì•þ •„þyîû îyîyîû ¤y!§¬öì™Ä ö†þöìØþ!Sé¡Ð ö¤¥z !˜l=!¡
èþyöì¡yîy¤yîû ’þz£k !Sé¡Ð †þ!î•þy!Øþ ~†þ¥z¤öìD x•þ#•þ G î•Åþôyöìlîû öô¡î¦þl ‰ØþyëûÐ î•Åþôyöìlîû !lîûy¢yôëû !˜öìl
˜„y!’þüöìëûG †þ!î ö¤¥z xylr˜ôëû ß¿,!•þ ’þzþ›öìèþyˆ †þîûöì•þ þ›yöìîûlÐ ²Ì†,þ!•þîû ²Ìèþyöìî •„þyîû ˜%/!‡•þ ôl ‡%!¢îû !˜l=!¡îû
ß¿,!•þ‹þyîû”y †þîûöìSéÐ †þ!îôöìl †þ#èþyöìî ²Ì†,þ!•þ ²Ìèþyî öæþöì¡ ~¥z †þ!î•þy!Øþ •þyîû¥z ’þz˜y¥îû”Ð
WORD-NEST
Mild – not very harsh Œö†þyô¡Š

Mist – a cloud or tiny water droplets suspended in the atmosphere or near the earth’s surface (†%þëûy¢yŠ

Wept – cried Œö†„þöì˜!Sé¡Š

neath – beneath Œl#öì‹þŠ
Pall – a thick cloud Œ‰l öô‰Š

2
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
Horizon – an imaginary line where the sky and land meets Œ!˜ˆhsýŠ

Damp – wet Œ!èþöì?Š

Fragrance – pleasant smell Œé¤%ˆ¦þŠ

Breathe – to inhale air ŒÙ»y¤ ölGëûyŠ


EXERCISE 1
l Tick the correct answer from the given alternatives :
1. The mist was upon the
a) grass ¨ b) roof ¨
c) hill þ d) leaf ¨
2. The sorrow of the day is described as
a) silent þ b) terrible ¨
c) overwhelming ¨ d) little ¨
3. The hall door mentioned in the poem is
a) new ¨ b) large ¨
c) broken ¨ d) old þ
4. The poet watches the cloudy
a) morning ¨ b) evening þ
c) afternoon ¨ d) night ¨
5. The colour of the mist is
a) grey ¨ b) white ¨
c) yellow ¨ d) blue þ
6. The damp stands on the
a) wall ¨ b) floor ¨
c) bush ¨ d) grass þ
Exercise 2
l Answer the following questions within twenty-five words :
1. Where does the poet see herself when she thinks of her childhood?
The poet thinks herself in her childhood days to be under the cosy and comfortable shelter of
her father, near the old hall door and under her father is sheltering roof.
2. What did the poet watch on the ‘cloudy evening’?
The poet watches mountain-chains covered with blue mists after it was washed out by heavy rain.

l Choose the correct alternative and complete the following sentences: (1 Mark Each)
1. The thing that the poet praises in the poem, is –
a) herself ¨ b) the nature þ
c) her father ¨ d) childhood ¨
2. The thing that brings the memories of childhood to the poet is –
a) the mountain þ b) the rain ¨
c) the wind ¨ d) cool breeze ¨
3
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
3. The mist upon the hill is speaking about –

a) storms ¨ b) rain ¨
c) sadness ¨ d) happiness þ
4. The evening is –
a) bright ¨ b) cold ¨
c) starry ¨ d) cloudy þ
5. The damp stands in the
a) mountain ¨ b) long grass þ
c) field ¨ d) roofs ¨
6. The fragrance is of –
a) mountain ¨ b) grass ¨
c) rain þ d) none of the above ¨
7. The fragrance is –
a) dreamy þ b) damp ¨
c) wet ¨ d) strong ¨

1. What is the mist upon the hill speaking about?
The mist upon the hill talks about present day, which is a happy one after being drenched by
rain.
2. How have the days passed?
The days have passed weeping and spent the oiled up sorrow.
3. Where did the poet found a shelter?
The poet found shelter in the father’s home, among the old structured buildings.
4. What is the damp compared to?
The damp is compared to the thick morning tears.
l Answer the following questions within 70-80 words : (2 Marks Each)

1. Give a brief account of the poet’s emotion which is affected by the nature.
Nature has left a deep impression on the poet’s mind. The calm and blissful nature, full with
healing qualities, seems fresh after it has been drenched by the rain. It seems like someone has
cried heavily and released the pent up sorrow. The misty atmosphere also makes the poets
mind heavy but at the same time it also brings back memories of her youth. In her younger
days, she used to be under the shelter of her father’s protection and was happy. Nature brings
back happy memories and it tells her that after shedding tears, one becomes rejuvenated, just
like the nature becomes after rain.
2. Describe the atmosphere created by the poet.
The poetess uses a lot of imagery to present the atmosphere in the poem. The nature is peaceful,
misty and natural. There is mist surrounding the high mountains creating a quiet and serene
atmosphere. It casts a pall of gloom all around. The freshness of nature takes the poet back to
her younger days, when she was relaxed and secure under the shelter of her father in her old
home. She became instantly happy after recapitulating her happy memories. Although the
nature seemed gloomy, it had the quality of reminding its admirer to move on forgetting the
past gloomy days.
4
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
GRAMMAR IN USE
EXERCISE 3
l Identify the following sentences as simple, compound and complex
i. He is too short to climb the wall.
Simple sentence
ii. The sky was blue and the sun shone bright.
Compound sentence
iii. The old man who lived in a village believed that the earth was flat.
Complex sentence
iv. Leaving a job midway is not a good practice.
Simple sentence
v. Last week I met a friend who gave me a bag which is brown in colour.
Complex sentence
Exercise 4
l Do as directed:
i. The question was so easy that everyone could answer it. (Change into a simple sentence)
The question was too easy to be answered by everyone.
ii. A friend in need is a friend indeed. (Change into a complex sentence)
A friend who is available in need is a friend indeed.
iii. Pollution is one of the most severe threats to our beautiful planet. (Change into a compound sentence)
There are many serious threats to our beautiful planet and pollution is one of them.
iv. Do or die. (Change into a complex sentence)
If you do not do, you may die.
v. He was confused and stopped working. (Change into a simple sentence)
Being confused he stopped working.
Textual Grammar
l Do as directed:
1. Mild the mist upon the hill, Telling not of storms to-morrow ; (Change from poetical language
to the language of prose)
The mild mist upon the hill does not talk about the storms of upcoming days.
2. The day has wept its fill. (Change into negative sentence)
The day has left with no more weeping.
3. Spent its store of silent sorrow. (Use the verb form of ‘store’)
Spent the silent sorrow it had stored.
4. I’m gone back to the days of youth. (Change into interrogative sentence)
Am I not going back to the days of youth?
5. I watch this cloudy evening fall. (Change into a simple sentence)
I watch the falling of the cloudy evening.
6. The damp stands in the long green grass. (Change into a complex sentence)
The damp stands where the long green grass is.
WRITING Skills
EXERCISE 5
l Write a letter within 100 words to the Headmaster/ Headmistress of your school seeking
leave of two days for the purpose of attending the marriage ceremony of your elder sister.
5
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
To
The Headmaster
S.K.L High School
Kolkata – 700015
Sub : Application for leave

Sir,
I, Saptak Das, student of class seven, section B of your school, am penning down this letter to
request you humbly to grant me a leave for three days. I would like to inform you that I have
to attend the marriage ceremony of my elder sister, which is in my home town, Bihar. My
parents will be going there too, so I also have to join them. This is why, I ask you a leave from
15th April to 17th April. I will join school again on 18th April.
If you kindly grand me the leave I will be highly obliged.
Thanking you.
Yours Sincerely

Saptak Das
Exercise 6
l Suppose you had bought a book from a bookstore. By mistake you left it there instead of
bringing it back with you. Providing details of the book and its author, write a letter within
100 words to the owner of the store to find the book and keep it until you come to collect it.

To
The Manager
Asha Book Stall
College Street
Kolkata : 700009
Sub: Not collecting a book by mistake even after purchasing
Sir,
By this letter I would like to grab your attention to a serious matter which has happened
because of my fault. First of all, let me tell you that I am a regular customer of your book stall
since 2010. Your staffs are quiet acquainted with me. Today I visited your shop in the morning
and ought “Sherlock Holmes Omnibus” written by ‘Arthur Conan Doyle’. But unfortunately
I have forgotten to collect the book and have left that in your shop. I am not carrying the bill
also. If you check the database. I think you will find the entry of my purchase.
I shall be highly obliged if you can find the book and let me know its status. This book was in
my most desired list. I will go myself to collect the same.
Thanking you,

Yours Sincerely

Samriddhi Kar
IMPORTANCE OF THE text

Through this poem, we get to read literary work of an eminent female English poetess of
nineteenth century. We are introduced to many literary devices through this poem, which are
a very important to learn if we want to learn and appreciate English literature and language.
6
TOM LOSES A TOOTH
—Mark Twain
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
English| Chapter Name A TOOTH
TOM LOSES
Introduction
This story is taken from the famous novel ‘The Adventures of ‘om Sawyer’, a masterpiece
in American novels, written by American author ‘Mark Twain’. The novel has elements of
humour, satire and social criticism which makes it a best seller and famous even at the present
time. The story of our syllabus shows the mischievous acts of a notorious boy Tom, which is
somewhat autobiographical. It reflects the fun and mischievousness of a messy boyhood.
îDyl%îy˜
~¥z ˆÒ!Øþ ölGëûy ¥öìëûöìSé Mark Twain-~îû ö¡‡y xyöìô!îû†þyl ¤y!¥öì•þÄîû ~†þ!Øþ xlÄ•þô ’þzþ›lÄy¤– ‘The

Adventures of Tom Sawyer’ öíöì†þÐ ’þzþ›lÄy¤!Øþ ¥y¤Äöì†þï•%þ†þ îûöì¤ þ›!îûþ›)”Å ~î‚ ~!Øþ ¤ôyöì?îû !î!èþ§¬ !˜†þ
•%þöì¡ ™öìîûÐ ~¥z =”=!¡¥z ~!Øþöì†þ !î‡Äy•þ ~î‚ xy™%!l†þ†þyöì¡G ?l!²Ìëû †þöìîû •%þöì¡öìSéÐ xyôyöì˜îû þ›y‘þÄ ˆÒ!Øþ Øþô
lyô†þ ˜%ÜT% îy¡öì†þîû Øþöìôîû !î!èþ§¬ öSéöì¡ôyl%!£ì ¤Á›öì†Åþ •%þöì¡ ™öìîû– ëy !†þS%éØþy ö¡‡öì†þîû xyd?#îl#ô)¡†þÐ ˆÒ!Øþ
îy¡†þ ?#îöìlîû ô?y G ˜%ÜT%¤%¡èþ xy‹þîûöì”îû lylyl !˜†þ •%þöì¡ ™öìîûÐ
ABOUT THE AUTHOR

The author of this story is famous American Novelist Mark Twain, which is his pen name. His
actual name was Samuel Langhorne Clemens. He was born on 30th November, 1835 in US. He
was raised in Hannibal, Missouri, which later provided the setting for the famous novels (The
adventures) of him – Tom Sawyer and Huckleberry Finn. He had written humorous verses,
novels, stories, which criticised the society. He died on 21st April 1910 in US.
SUMMARY
The story opens with a common problem of a notorious boy, who plans to give excuses for
avoiding school. He lives with his aunt and his cousin, Sid. First, he pretended to have a
stomach ache, which faded away soon. After that he realised that one of his upper front teeth
was loose and started to groan. Then he remembered quickly that it may cause him more
danger, as aunt would have pulled out that teeth and sent him to school again. Then he thought
of changing his plan and drawing attention to one of his feet. He claimed that he had a sore toe
and the pain was unbearable. Looking him at pain, Sid ran to Aunt Polly and reported about
Tom’s miserable condition. She rushed to Tom and after watching his condition; she laughed
and cried at the same time. She warned him not to do such a thing and as a punishment she
had tied his loose tooth to a bed post and pulled it out.
¤yîûy‚¢

ˆÒ!Øþ Öîû& ¥ëû ~†þ!Øþ ˜%ÜT% îy¡öì†þîû !†þS%é ¤y™yîû” ¤ô¤Äy !löìëû– ëy ‡%î¥z ô?yîûÐ ö¤ x?%¥y•þ ö˜ëû ëyöì•þ ß%ñöì¡ ly öëöì•þ
¥ëûÐ îy¡†þ!Øþ •þyîû †þy!†þôy þ›!¡ ~î‚ ~†þ èþy¥zöìëûîû ¤öìD íyöì†þ– ëyîû lyô !¤’þÐ ²Ìíô•þ– ö¤ öþ›öìØþ îÄíyîû lyØþ†þ †þöìîû
!†þév •þy ™#öìîû ™#öìîû †þöìô ëyëûÐ •þyîûþ›îû ö¤ öîyöìVþ öë •þyîû Gþ›öìîûîû ôy!’þüîû ~†þ!Øþ ˜„y•þ l’þüî’þü †þîûöìSéÐ •þyîûþ›îû •þyîû
ôöìl þ›öì’þü öë ~!Øþ •þyîû ?lÄ xyîûG ¤ô¤Äy?l†þ ¥öì•þ þ›yöìîû– †þyîû” •þyîû †þy!†þôy þ›!¡ ~!Øþ ?ylöì•þ þ›yîûöì¡ G¥z ˜„y•þ
•%þöì¡ !˜öì•þ xy@ýÌ¥# ¥öìîÐ •þyîûþ›îû ö¤ •þyîû þ›!îû†þÒly î˜öì¡ þ›yöìëû îÄíyîû x?%¥y•þ ö˜ëûÐ ö¤ ?ylyëû öë– •þyîû þ›yöìëûîû
~†þ!Øþ xy.%¡ æ%þöì¡ ’þzöì‘þöìSé ~î‚ •þyöì•þ x¤¥Ä îÄíyÐ •þyîû îÄíy ö˜öì‡ !‹þ!hsý•þ ¥öìëû !¤’þ •þyîû †þy!†þôy þ›!¡öì†þ ?ylyëû
~î‚ †þy!†þôy þ~öì¤ ö¤!Øþ ö˜öì‡ ¥y¤öìîl ly †„þy˜öìîl öèþöìî þ›yl lyÐ !•þ!l •þyöì†þ èþyöì¡yöìîöì¤ ™ô†þ !˜öìëû ~îû†þô †þy?
xyîû ly †þîûöì•þ îöì¡ ~î‚ ¢y!hßìßºîû*þ› •þyîû l’þüîöì’þü ˜„y•þ!Øþ ‡yöìØþîû ‡%„!Øþîû ¤öìD öî„öì™ ö˜l G •þy ’þzþ›öì’þü öæþöì¡lÐ
WORD-NEST
Miserable – In a severely bad condition Œö¢y‹þl#ëû xîßiyŠþ

Suffering – To get pain from something Œ†þÜT þ›yGëûyŠþ

Lay – To keep down something on ground ŒÖ¥zöìëû ö˜GëûyŠþ

Presently – In recent time Œî•ÅþôyöìlŠ

Investigated – To look into something in an examining way Œ‡%„!Øþöìëû ö˜‡yŠ

2
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
TOM LOSES
Symptoms – Undications before happening something Œ¡Çþ”Š

Feeble – Weak (˜%îÅ¡Šþ

Discovered – Exploring something which was already present Œ’þzm*yîû †þîûyŠ

Occurred – To happen Œ!†þS%é ‰ØþyŠþ

Inspection – Starting point Œö‡„y?y Öîû&Šþ

Groaning – A kind of sound comes out of pain Œöˆ„y öˆ„y ¢· †þîûyŠ

Succession – A thing which is following after Œþ›îûî•Åþ#Šþ

Yawned – Opening the mouth wide Œ¥y¥z ö•þy¡yŠþ

Genuine – Authentic/Real Œ‡„y!ØþŠþ

Rubbish – Which is of no value/Non-sense/Useless Œöî†þyîû !?!l¤þ›eŠ

Dental instrument – tool to treat dental problem Œ˜„yöì•þîû !‹þ!†þê¤yîû ësfþ›y!•þŠ

Admirable – Praiseworthy (‹þôê†þyîûù²Ì¢‚¤l#ëûŠ


EXERCISE 1
1. Tom felt miserable on the mornings of
a) Sunday ¨ b) Monday þ
c) Thursday ¨ d) Saturday ¨
2. If Aunt Polly was to know that Tom had a loose tooth, she would
a) call a doctor ¨ b) bring him some medicines ¨
c) surely pull it out þ d) tell him to rest ¨
3. Tom drew his sore toe from under the
a) sheet þ b) blanket ¨
c) pillow ¨ d) mosquito-net ¨
4. Sid flew down the stairs to call
a) the doctor ¨ b) Mary ¨
c) the nurse ¨ d) aunt Polly þ
5. The thread that Mary got aunt Polly was made of
a) cotton ¨ b) jute ¨
c) silk þ d) wool ¨
Exercise 2
1. Which one of Tom’s tooth had come loose?
One of the upper front teeth of Tom had come loose.
2. How are Sid and Mary related to Tom?
Sid and Mary were cousin of Tom.
3. Why did Tom ask Sid not to stir him?
Tom asked Sid not to stir him as he was groaning and pretending to be dead because of his
sore toe.
4. Why did Tom pretend his toe was painting?
Tom did not want to attend the school, so he pretended that his toe was paining.
3
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
TOM LOSES
Exercise 3
l Answer the following questions within twenty five words :
1. What did Tom remember hearing from a doctor?
Tom remembered that one a doctor had said that there was a particular disease, in which
people had to stay bed ridden for three days and after that one of their finger might have to be
cut out.
2. How did Aunt Polly react to the news that Tom was dying?
At first, she did not believe the news that Tom was dying but later she had rushed to see him.
3. How was Tom’s loose tooth taken out?
Aunt Polly tied one end of a silk thread to Tom’s tooth and another end to a bed-post and gave
it a pull. Like this, he pulled out Tom’s loose tooth.

l Choose the suitable option and complete the following sentences : (1 Mark Each)
1. To Tom, Monday mornings felt –
a) miserable þ b) relaxed ¨
c) hopeful ¨ d) energetic ¨
2. Monday mornings felt miserable as –
a) Tom had to wake up early ¨ b) Tom needed to go to school
for the first time ¨
c) It was the starting of a slow week þ d) He had to submit homework ¨
3. Tom to escape going to school, wished –
a) the school to declare a holiday ¨ b) he had some illness þ
c) Aunt had declared a holiday ¨ d) none of the above ¨
4. Sid and Mary were Tom’s –
a) brother and sister ¨ b) cousin þ
c) neighbours ¨ d) friends ¨
5. “What rubbish! I don’t believe it.” – the speaker is –
a) Tom ¨ b) Sid ¨
c) Aunt þ d) Mary ¨
6. After the excuse of sore toe, Tom’s excuse was –
a) stomachache ¨ b) headache ¨
c) toothache þ d) backache ¨
7. Aunt wanted to pull out Tom’s tooth with the help of a –
a) cotton thread ¨ b) silk thread þ
c) rope ¨ d) piece of cloth ¨
8. Aunt tied one end of the thread to tom’s tooth and the other end was tied to –
a) her finger ¨ b) her leg ¨
c) Sid’s tooth ¨ d) the end of bed-post þ

l Answer the following questions in a sentence: (1 Mark Each)
1. When did Tom begin to be hopeful?
Finding a hint of stomachache Tom became hopeful.
2. When did Tom feel lucky?
When Tom discovered that one of his upper teeth had come loose he felt lucky about himself.
3. Why did Tom groan louder?
Tom groaned louder so that he could actually pretend to feel the pain in his sore toe.
4
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
TOM LOSES
4. How did Sid respond to Tom’s groaning?

Sid kept on sleeping without listening to Tom’s groaning but later he rushed to call aunt Polly.
5. How did aunt react for the first time after seeing Tom groaning?
Aunt became very worried after seeing Tom groaning.
6. How did aunt react after she heard about the pain in Tom’s toe?
Aunt laughed and cried at the same time after hearing about the pain in Tom’s toe.

1. How did the idea of sore toe come to Tom?
Tom had heard from his doctor that there is a disease in which a patient has to lay down for
three days and he may loose his finger also. From this, he thought of acting of having a sore
toe to avoid going to school.
2. What did Sid do after seeing Tom groaning?
When Sid woke up from sleep and saw Tom groaning, he rushed to his aunt Polly to inform
the same. He was very terrified to see Tom in pain.
3. “I forgive everybody, Sid. Tell them so.” – Who is the speaker? In which context he is
saying so?
The speaker of this sentence is Tom.
Tom wanted to pretend that his toe was paining so much, and he might die. That is why, he
was screaming that he would forgive all before dying as if many had done wrong to him.
4. “I love you so much and you try to break my heart in every way with your naughtiness.” –
Who is the speaker? In which context the speaker is saying so?
The speaker of this sentence is the Aunt of Tom and Sid.
Aunt had finally discovered that Tom was giving excuses of having stomach ache, tooth ache
and sore toe to skip going to school. She loved Tom so much that after this notorious activities
also she did not scold him severely but mildly.
5. What consequences Tom had to face for giving excuses?
Tom at first was groaning about his tooth ache. Later, presuming a risk he falsely tolf about
her sore toe, in which, according to him people can die also. But his Aunt started laughing
after listening to his silly excuses and he spoke out the truth that as he did not wanted to go to
school he had make up all that. Finally, as a consequence, Aunt tied one end of a silk thread
to the weak tooth of Tom and another end to a bed-post and polled his tooth out. So, a vacant
space was created in the upper middle portion of Tom’s tooth.
Grammar in Use
Exercise 4
l Do as directed:
a. Refique was running fast. (Change into an interrogative sentence)
Was Rafique running fast?
b. The boy would never forget the exciting incident. (Change into an affirmative sentence)
The boy would always remember the exciting incident.
c. We had a wonderful time last evening. (Change into an exclamatory sentence)
What a great time it was the last evening!
d. He loves to play football. (Change into an interrogative sentence)
Doesn’t he love to play both ball?
e. Rina tried all her plans. (Change into a negative sentence)
Rina did not leave any plan, untried.
f. Shut the door, Robin. (Change into an assertive sentence)
Robin is instructed to shut the door.
5
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
TOM LOSES
Exercise 5
l Replace the underlined words with suitable phrasal verbs from the list given below. Change
the form of verbs where necessary. There is one extra phrasal verb in the list:
a. The enemy surrendered without a fight.
b. The child was cured in a month.
c. The police investigated the case.
d. Puja could understand what her sister said.
e. The old man could not remember his childhood experiences.
[List of phrasal verbs : look into, make out, look for, come round, give in, call up]
a) The enemy gave in without a fight.
b) The child came round in a month.
c) The police looked into the case.
d) Puja could not make out what her sister said.
e) The old man could not call up his childhood experience.
Textual Grammar
l Fill in the blank with appropriate preposition :
1. One __ his upper front teeth was loose. He felt lucky. He was __ __ groan when it occurred __
him that if Aunt Polly was __ know she would surely pull it __ and that would hurt.
of, about, to, to, to, out
2. He remembered hearing __ a doctor that a certain ailment could lay up a patient __ three days
and make him lose a finger.
from, for
3. Your tooth is loose but you’re not going ___ die __ that. Mary, get me __ silk thread. .
to, for, a
4. Now shut up ___ nonsense and get ___ ___ this.
the, out, of
l Do as directed :
1. Tom lay thinking. (Change into compound sentence)
Tom was lying and thinking also.
2. He began to grow hopeful. (Use the noun form of ‘hopeful’)
Hope was growing inside him.
3. One of his upper front teeth was loose. (Change into complex sentence)
One of his teeth, which was of upper front, was loose.
4. Tom groaned louder. (Make it negative)
Tom did not groan in a low voice.
5. No response came from Sid. (Change into interrogative)
Did any response come from Sid?
6. Sid said, “Tom! Say Tom!” (Change the narration)
Adressing Tom, she larged him to say something.
7. She said, “I don’t believe it.” (Change the narration)
She said that she did not believe that.
8. “Tom, what a shock you did give me.” Said she. (Change the narration)
She exclaimed by addressing Tom that he had given her a great shock.
9. She flew upstairs with Sid and Mary. (Use ‘none.. but’)
She flew upstairs with none but Sid and Mary.
10. “Why, what’s the matter Tom? I must call aunty.” Told Sid. (Change the narration)
Sid asked Tom what the matter was about and he also stated that he might call aunty.
6
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
TOM LOSES
11. Tom moaned out : “Oh, don’t Sid. Don’t shake me.” (Change the narration)
By moaning out, Tom instructed Sid, not to do like that and not to shake him.
12. She had rushed to call help. (Change into interrogative sentence)
Had not he rushed to call help?
13. Her face grew pale and her lips trembled. (Change into simple sentence)
With her face growing pale, her lips also trembled.
14. “What is the matter with you child?” asked aunty. (Change into indirect speech)
Aunty asked the child what the matter was with him.
15. By this time the dental instrument was ready. (Turn into negative sentence)
Until this time the dental instrument was not ready.
WRITING Skills
EXERCISE 6
Write a Newspaper Report on a road accident within 100 words. Use the following hints :
Brake failure of a bus – collided with a truck – 5 injured including a child and a woman
– injured sent to hospital – released with first aid – traffic disrupted – police intervened –
normalcy restored
A Dangerous Road Accident at Malda

—by a Staff Reporter
Malda, 23rd July, 2021 : A head on collision took place yesterday between a bus and a truck
that resulted into the death of three people and the injury of five. A bus was returning from
Malda. When it was on the highway, its brake failed. Suddenly, it collided with a truck loaded
with goods that was coming from the opposite direction. The collision took place in the middle
of the high way and it cost three lives. Among them, the driver of the bus was there five people
including one child were seriously injured. The injured were rescued by the local people and
immediately sent to the nearby hospital. They were released with first aid. Due to the accident
the traffic was disturbed. Police came on the spot to look over the matter.

This chapter familiarises student with a masterpiece in literature. It highlights a phase of
boyhood, with which the students would relate much themselves. This hilarious piece will
give the readers sheer pleasure.
7
HIS FIRST FLIGHT
—LIAM O’FLAHERTY
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
ENGLISH| Chapter Name
HIS FIRST FLIGHT
INTRODUCTION
The story is about the first flight of a young seagull. It shows the picture of the inner mind of the
bird before attempting for the first time to fly. He was scared for his life and could not gather
courage in spite of being under pressure. It also portrays the strategies of his family, who loved
him dearly, but was strong at heart. In the latter half of the story we also see the happiness
of the bird and his family when he was finally able to fly. This breathtakingly beautiful story
shows the struggle before success and the sweet outcome after the accomplishment of the job.
The struggle makes the success more enjoyable.
îDyl%îy˜

ˆÒ!Øþ ~†þ!Øþ öSéyR ‹þy•þ†þ þ›y!‡îû ²Ìíô ’þz’þüöì•þ ö¢‡yîû †þy!¥!l !löìëûÐ é ~é‡éyéöìél þ›y!‡!Øþîû ²Ìíô ’þz’þüöì•þ ö¢‡yîû xyöìˆ
ôöìlîû xr˜îûô¥öì¡îû ~†þ!Øþ Sé!î •%þöì¡ ™îûy ¥öìëûöìSéÐ •þyöì†þ ë!˜G xöìl†þ îû†þôèþyöìî îy™Ä †þîûy ¥ëû– •þî%G ö¤ G’þüyîû
xyöìˆ ²Ì‹þ[þ èþëû öþ›öìëû!Sé¡ ~î‚ ö†þyöìlyèþyöìî¥z ¤y¥¤ ?%!Øþöìëû ’þz‘þöì•þ þ›yîû!Sé¡ lyÐ ˆÍÔ!Øþöì•þ •þyîû þ›!îûîyöìîûîû– ëyîûy
•þyöì†þ ‡%î¥z èþyöì¡yîy¤•þ !†þév ‡%î¥z ¢_« ôöìlîû !Sé¡– •þyöì˜îû þ›!îû†þÒlyG •%þöì¡ ™îûy ¥öìëûöìSéÐ ˆöìÒîû ö¢öì£ìîû !˜öì†þ
þ›y!‡Øþy ’þz’þüöì•þ ö¢‡yîû þ›îû •þyîû ôöìl öë þ›!îûôy” ‡%!¢ öèþöì¤ Göì‘þ •þyîû Sé!îG xyôîûy ö˜‡öì•þ þ›y¥zÐ ~¥z Ù»y¤îû&m*†þîû
¤%r˜îû ˆÒ!Øþ ¤yæþ¡Ä xy¤yîû xyöìˆ †þöì‘þyîû þ›!îû×ô ~î‚ ¤yæþ¡Ä x?Åöìlîû þ›öìîûîû ‡%!¢îû †þíy îöì¡Ð ~¥z þ›!îû×ô¥z
¤yæþöì¡Äîû xylr˜ xyîûG îy!’þüöìëû ö•þyöì¡Ð
ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Liam O’Flaherty was an Irish novelist and short-story writer who had given social issues and
experiences of common people a place in his writing. He was born on 28th august, 1996 and
died on 7th September, 1984. He was a famous name in Irish renaissance. The first short story,
written by him was The Snipper and the first novel by him wasThy Neighbour’s Wife.
SUMMARY

A young seagull is standing on a ledge before taking his first flight. He is very much afraid,
looking at the vastness of the sea beneath. He does not have confidence in himself as well. Even
if he watches his siblings fly and his parents cheering them up, he cannot gather courage to fly.
He was hungry and away from his family for more than a day, but could not push himself to
fly. His family ignores him intentionally, so that he feels the urge to fly. Finally his mother flies
near him, carrying a piece of fish and he being maddened by the sight jumps and starts flying
to save himself from drowning. After taking his first flight he started going down to the sea
and his feet dipped into the water but instead of drowning, he started to float. His happiness
is incomparable when he got praised by his parents.
¤yîûy‚¢

xyôîûy ö˜‡öì•þ þ›y¥z ~†þ!Øþ öSéyR ‹þy•þ†þþ ›y!‡ ~†þ þ›y¥yöì’þüîû ™yöìîû ˜„y!’þüöìëû xyöìSé •þyîû ?#îöìlîû ²Ìíô ’þz’þüyl ölGëûyîû
xyöìˆÐ ö¤ þ›y¥yöì’þüîû l#öì‹þ !îhß,ì•þ ¤ô%o ö˜öì‡ ‡%î¥z èþëû öþ›öìëû ëyëûÐ •þyîû !löì?îû Gþ›îûG !löì?îû èþîû¤y !Sé¡ lyÐ
ö¤ ö˜‡¡ •þyîû îyîyéŸéôy– •þyîû îy!†þ èþy¥zéŸéöîylöì˜îû ’þz’þüöì•þ þ›yîûyîû ?lÄ ‡%î ²Ì¢‚¤y †þîûöìSé– !†þév •þî% ö¤ ¤y¥¤
ö?yˆyöì•þ þ›yöìîû lyÐ ö¤ ‡%î¥z Ç%þ™y•Åþ ~î‚ þ›!îûîyöìîûîû öíöì†þ ˜)öìîû íy†þy ¤öì_´G !löì?öì†þ G’þüyîû ?lÄ ²ÌéÝ•þ †þîûöì•þ
þ›yîû¡ lyÐ •þyîû þ›!îûîyîû •þyöì†þ ¥zFSéy †þöìîû ~!’þüöìëû ëyëû– ëyöì•þ ö¤ G’þüyîû •þy!ˆ˜ xl%èþî †þöìîûÐ xîöì¢öì£ì •þyîû ôy •þyîû
!˜öì†þ ’þzöì’þü ëyëû ‡yîyîû !löìëû ~î‚ ö¤ •þy ö˜öì‡ þ›yˆ¡²Ìyëû ¥öìëû V„þyþ› ö˜ëû ~î‚ •þyîûþ›îû !löì?öì†þ î„y‹þyöìlyîû •þy!ˆöì˜
ö¤ ’þz’þüöì•þ Öîû& †þöìîûÐ ²Ìíô ’þz’þüyl ö˜Gëûyîû þ›îû ö¤ e«ô¢ l#öì‹þ ?öì¡îû !˜öì†þ lyôöì•þ íyöì†þ ~î‚ •þyîû þ›y ¤ô%öìoîû
?¡ S%„öìëû öæþöì¡– !†þév ö¤ ’%þöìî ëyGëûyîû þ›!îûîöì•Åþ ’þz’þüöì•þ íyöì†þÐ •þyîû ‡%!¢îû ö†þyöìly ¤#ôy íyöì†þ ly ë‡l •þyîû îyîy
G ôy •þyîû ²Ì¢‚¤y †þöìîûÐ
WORD-NEST
Ledge – a narrow horizontal surface projecting from a cliff þŒ™yîûŠ

Flown away – to fly Œ’þzöì’þü ëyGëûyŠ

2
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
HIS FIRST FLIGHT
Brink – the extreme edge Œ!†þlyîûyëûŠ

Beneath– under Œl#öì‹þŠ

Certain – surely Œ!l!Ù‹þ•þèþyöìîŠ

Bent – a drooping position ŒV%„þöì†þ þ›’þüyŠ

Dive – to jump in ŒV„þyþ› ö˜GëûyŠ

Herring – a kinf of fish Œö¥!îû‚é ŸŸŸé ~†þ™îûöìlîû ¤yô%!o†þ ôySéŠ

Circled round – to move around Œöˆy¡ †þöìîû ö‰yîûyŠ

Ascending – to move upwards ŒGþ›öìîû G‘þyŠ

Blazing – shining very brightly Œ’þzIµ¡Š

Scrape – drag or pull hard Œö‹„þöì‹þ îyîû †þîûyŠ

Trotted back – hurriedly going back Œ!þ›!Séöìëû ëyGëûyŠ

Sheer – completely Œþ›%öìîûyþ›%!îûèþyöìîŠ

Cliff – a steep rock face Œ’þz„‹%þŠ

Steeped – formed into a step Œ‡y’þüyŠ

Pretended – behave so make something appear to be real Œèþyl †þîûyŠ

Plateau – a higher area than ground level Œôy¡è)þ!ôŠ

Dozing – sleeping lightly Œ!VþôyöìlyŠ

Sunk – to drown Œ’%þöìî ëyGëûyŠ

Preening – keeping the feathers clean with a beak Œö‘„þyØþ !˜öìëû ‡%„öìØþ öîîû †þîûyŠ

Uttered – make untidy with rubbish or a large number of object Œ’þzF‹þyîû” †þîûyŠ

Halted – to pause Œxöìþ›Çþy †þîûyŠ

Seized – to stop ŒíyôyöìlyŠ

Soaring – to fly high Œ’þz’þüyl ölGëûyŠ

Gradually – slowly Œ™#öìîû ™#öìîûŠ

Amusedly – being wondered Œxylr˜þ›)”Åèþyöìîù‡%!¢ ¥öìëûŠ

Beckoning – make a gesture to instruct or approach someone Œ¥z¢yîûy †þöìîû ’þy†þy îy xyôsf” ?ylyöìlyŠ

Praising – to say good word to someone for something Œ²Ì¢‚¤y †þîûyŠ

TEXTUAL QUESTIONS WITH ANSWERS

EXERCISE 1
1. At night the seagull slept in a little
a) nest ¨ b) hole þ
c) turret ¨ d) burrow ¨
2. The ledge faced the
a) north ¨ b) south þ
c) east ¨ d) west ¨
3. The colour of the seagull’s body was –
a) red ¨ b) black ¨
c) blue ¨ d) grey þ
4. The two brothers and sisters of the seagull were lying on the
a) plain ¨ b) platue þ
c) valley ¨ d) hill ¨
3
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
HIS FIRST FLIGHT
5. The mother seagull had picked up a piece of

a) meat ¨ b) insect ¨
c) fish þ d) straw ¨
EXERCISE 2
a) What was the first catch of the seagull’s older brother?
The seagull’s older brother had caught an herring.
b) Why did the seagull feel the heat?
The seagull had not eaten anything since the previous night, so he felt the heat.
c) Why did the seagull dive at the fish?
The seagull was very hungry, so wishing to grab the fish he dived at it.
d) What happened when the seagull soared upward?
The seagull was screaming in happiness and flapping his wings.
EXERCISE 3
a) why was the seagull afraid when he ran forward to the brink of the ledge?
It was the seagull’s first flight. When he ran to the brink of the ledge, he saw the great spread
ocean under him and got afraid.
b) What were the seagull’s two brothers and sister doing on the plateau?
The brother and sister of the seagull were lying on the plateau and were sleeping sinking their
head into their wings.
c) What happened after the seagull’s feet sank into the sea?
After the seagull’s feet sank into the sea, he noticed that his belly also sank. Then he started to
float.
ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS WITH ANSWERS

1. The young seagull was sitting on
a) hill ¨ b) plateau ¨
c) ledge þ d) tree ¨
2. The brothers and sisters of the seagull were ___ in number.
a) 2 ¨ b) 3 þ
c) 4 ¨ d) 5 ¨
3. The reason of the seagull’s fright was –
a) distance ¨ b) depth ¨
c) height þ d) vastness ¨
4. On the ledge, the seagull had spent
a) a day þ b) a night ¨
c) two days ¨ d) two days and a night ¨
5. The parents of the seagull was proud of his elder brother, as
a) he had flown nicely ¨ b) he helped the baby seagull to fly ¨
c) he was very courageous ¨ d) he had caught his first herring þ
6. The fall of the ledge was
a) shallow ¨ b) deep ¨
c) sheer þ d) straight ¨
4
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
HIS FIRST FLIGHT
7. The seagull pretended to sleep because

a) he was tired ¨ b) he was hungry ¨
c) he wanted to drag attention þ d) he needed her mother ¨
8. The only family member who paid attention to the seagull was –
a) his father ¨ b) his brothers ¨
c) his sister ¨ d) his mother þ
9. The closest meaning of preening is –
a) grooming þ b) pecking ¨
c) itching ¨ d) combing ¨
10. The thing that maddened the little bird was –
a) his mother ¨ b) his family ¨
c) the sight of food þ d) the sea ¨
11. The closest meaning of soaring is –
a) fly ¨ b) float ¨
c) hover þ d) climb ¨
12. By the name the family of the seagull called him, was –
a) seagull ¨ b) baby seagull ¨
c) cowardy ¨ d) shrilly þ

1. Why scared the little seagull before flying?
The little seagull was afraid of flying, looking at the vast sea down the hill.
2. Where was the seagull sitting?
The seagull was sitting on a ledge.
3. Who was accompanying the seagull on the ledge?
No one was accompanying the seagull on the ledge.
4. What did the seagull feel looking at the height?
The seagull thought that his wings will not support her while flying as they were tiny.
5. Where did the little seagull sleep at night?
The little seagull slept inside a little hole on the hill.
6. By which name did the parents of the seagull call him?
The parents of the seagull call him shrilly.
7. How long did the little seagull remain alone?
The little seagull was alone on the ledge for one day.
8. Who had been teaching catching fishes?
The parents of the little seagull were teaching them catching fish.
9. What did the seagull wish standing on the ledge?
The seagull wished to go to its parents.
10. Why did the seagull pretend to be asleep?
The seagull wanted to grab attention of his parents, so he pretended to be asleep.
11. To which direction did the seagull needed to move to reach to his parents?
The seagull needed to move towards north direction to reach to his parents.
12. By which sight the seagull was maddened?
By the sight of his mother eating fish, the seagull was maddened.
13. When did the seagull let out a joyful scream?
The seagull let out a joyful scream by seeing her mother forwarding towards her with a piece
of fish.
5
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
HIS FIRST FLIGHT
14. How did the little seagull jump finally into space?
The little seagull jumped into the space when he wanted to catch the fish from his mother’s
beak, as he was tremendously hungry.
15. What was the reaction of the family of the seagull on seeing him fly for the first time?
The family of the seagull was screaming out of joy seeing the baby seagull fly for the first time.
16. What was the bird thinking before landing on to the water?
The bird thought mistakenly that he was landing above the land.
l Answer the following questions briefly : (2 Marks Each)

1. Describe the inner mind of the little seagull before he flew for the first time.
The story reflects the inner mind of a little seagull before he was able to fly for the very first
time. He had seen his cousins flying already and getting praised by the parents for the same.
But he could not do so, being frightened of the vastness of the sea. The little bird thought that
his wings were not enough capable of supporting his flight. Out of fear he could not even come
near his family, who were not paying attention to him intentionally, so that he can feel the urge
to fly. He was hungry, tied and away from his family, still he could not gather courage to fly.
Finally being maddened after getting the sight of the food offered by her mother, he jumped
into the space and flew for the first time.
2. Describe the contribution of the seagull’s family in his first flight.
OR
Describe the nature of the family of the seagull.
OR
What was the reason behind the non-cooperation of the family of the seagull?
In the story we see that the family of the seagull does not sympathise with the seagull, when
he was alone, hungry and was not able to fly himself. We feel the family especially the parents
were somewhat harsh towards the bird. But the actual intention of the family was that they
wanted to force the seagull to fly. They intentionally did not pay attention to him, so that the
bird became compelled to fly. By this we understand that the family of the seagull loved him
dearly but wanted to do good to him, so, they were strict when it was necessary. It does not
make their love any less but increases. The mother of the seagull was looking at him constantly
ehich shows his affection towards the bird.
GRAMMAR IN USE
EXERCISE 4
l Change the parts of speech of the given words in the chart:
Noun Verb Adjective Adverb
Beauty
Endangered
Careful
Strongly
Noun Verb Adjective Adverb

Beauty Beautify Beautiful Beautifully
Danger Endangered Dangerous Dangerously
Care Care Careful Carefully
Strength Strengthen Strong Strongly
6
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
HIS FIRST FLIGHT
EXERCISE 5
Rewrite the sentences changing the form of the underlined words as directed :
1. He is known for his honesty. (Change into adjective form)
He is famous as an honest man.
2. She spoke with kindness. (Change into adverb form)
She spoke kindly.
3. The sun shone brightly. (Change into noun form)
There was brightness in the shine of the sun.
4. She gave a wise judgement. (Change into verb form)
She judged wisely.
TEXTUAL GRAMMAR
l Fill in the blanks with appropriate article and prepositions:
1. The young seagull as alone ___ his ledge. His two brothers and his sister had already flown
away ____ day before. He had been afraid ___ fly with them. When he had run forward __ __
brink __ the ledge he became afraid. __ great expanse __ the sea stretched __ beneath, and it
was miles down.
on, the, to, to, the, the, down
2. The sun was now ascending __ sky, blazing warmly __ his ledge that faced the south. He felt
__ heat because he had not eaten __ __ previous nightfall. Now there was not __ single scrap
__ food left __ the straw nest. His little grey body trotted back and forth __ the ledge.
the, on, the, since, the, a, of, in, on
3. He stepped slowly __ __ the ledge. He stood __ one leg __ the other leg hidden under his wing.
Closing one eye and then __ other, he pretended__ be falling asleep. Still his parents took no
notice __ him.
out, to, on, with, the, to, of
l Do as directed :
1. The young seagull was alone on his ledge. (Turn into negative sentence)
There was no one with the young seagull on his ledge.
2. He had been afraid to fly with them. (Turn into interrogative sentence)
Had he been afraid to fly with them?
3. When he had run forward to the brink of the ledge he became afraid. (Turn into a simple sentence)
He became afraid to run forward to the brink of the ledge.
4. He felt certain that his wings would never support him. (Use the adverb form of “certain”)
He felt that certainly his wings would never support him.
5. That was twenty-four hours ago. (Turn into negative sentence)
That was not until it was twenty-four hours.
6. He had seen his older brother catch his first herring, while his parents circled around proudly.
(Turn into simple sentence)
He had seen his parents circling around proudly around his older brother for catching his first
herring.
7. His little grey body trotted back and forth on the ledge. (Turn into complex sentence)
His little body, which was grey in colour, trotted back and forth on the ledge.
8. But then on what could he walk? (Turn into assertive sentence)
But then he could not walk on.
7
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
HIS FIRST FLIGHT
9. He stepped slowly out to the brink of the ledge. (Use the adjective form of “slowly”)
He stepped in a slow manner out to the brink of the ledge.
10. Still his parents took no notice of him. (Change the voice)
Still no notice was taken of him by his parents.
11. He saw his two brothers and his sister lying on the plateau. (Change the voice)
His two brothers and his sister were seen lying on the plateau by him.
12. The sight of the food maddened him. (Turn into a compound sentence)
He got a sight of the food and he was maddened.
13. With a loud scream he fell outwards and downwards into space. (Turn into compound sentence)
He let out a loud scream and fell outwards and downwards into space.
14. He was no longer afraid. (Turn into a positive or affirmative sentence)
He had become brave.
15. He had made his first flight. (Change into passive voice)
His first flight had been made by him.
WRITING SKILLS
EXERCISE 6
l Write a paragraph within 100 words, on the water cycle, using the following flow-chart :
Water evaporates from water bodies – rises as vapour – gets heavier – condenses, forms clouds
– falls to earth as rain
WATER CYCLE
Water cycle is a very important phenomenon in our environment. Because of it we get rain
and again the water is restored into the water bodies. At first the process is initiated by the
heat of the sun, when the water from various water bodies evaporates with the help of it. After
that it raises up as water vapour. The water vapour becomes mixed with other gases and dust
particles. When the water vapour comes closer to each other, it becomes heavier than its
previous form. Then it starts condensing and forms clouds. When the clouds accumulate, that
becomes heavy and can no longer remain in the sky. So, it falls down on the earth surface and
goes to the water bodies also. Thus, the water which gets evaporated from the water bodies,
come back there again completing a cycle. This called water cycle.
EXERCISE 7
l Write a summary of the following passage within 100 words :
Communication is part of our everyday life. We greet one another, smile or frown, depending
on our moods. Animals too, communicate. Just like us, interaction among animals can be both
verbal and non-verbal. Singing is one way in which birds can interact with one another. Male
blackbirds often use their melodious songs to catch the attention of other blackbirds. These
songs are usually rich in notes, encoding various kinds of messages. Songs are also used to
keep off other birds from their territory, usually a place where they dwell. Large mammals in
the oceans sing too, according to adventurous sailors. Enormous whales groan and grunt while
smaller dolphins and porpoises whistle and click. These sounds are surprisingly received by
other matters as far as several hundred kilometres away. Besides singing, body language also
forms a large part of animals’ communication mode. Dominant hyenas exhibit their power
by raising the fur hackles on their necks and shoulders, while the submissive ones normally
surrender to the powerful parties by crouching their head low and curling their lips a little,
revealing their teeth in friendly smile. Insect such as wasps armed with poisonous bites or stings
usually have brightly painted bodies to remind other predators of their power. (206 words)
8
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
HIS FIRST FLIGHT
SUMMARY : Communication is a very important part of our life. We, including other animals
communicate to express ourselves by using various methods, like – through songs or body
language. Various birds and many sea animals also produce various song to attract or express.
The small insects can also communicate by using their body.

The chapter teaches a great lesson that every success needs to be followed by hardship. But
if we are afraid of the hardships and do not attempt to do the job, we can never enjoy the
happiness which comes after the accomplishment of the job. The job might seem very difficult,
but onc we try to do that becomes easy.
9
The North Ship
—Philip Larkin
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
English| Chapter Name Ship
The North
Introduction

The poem, by Philip Larkin is a motivational poem. The poet has used the metaphor of the
“north ship” to describe different kinds of personalities of people. He portrays three ships
that go in different directions and face different kinds of journey. At the end, poet delivers the
message that if one firmly undergoes all the adverse situations thrown at him and determines
to succeed, no one can stop his victory.
îDyl%îy˜
Philip LarkinŸé~îû ö¡‡y ~¥z 'north ship'éŸé~îû †þ!î•þy!Øþ ~†þ!Øþ xl%öì²Ìîû”yô)¡†þ †þ!î•þyÐ †þ!î ~‡yöìl “North

Ship” ¢·!Øþ îÄî¥yîû †þöìîûöìSél ôyl%öì£ìîû !î!èþ§¬ ™îûöìlîû îÄ!_«c öîyVþyîyîû ?lÄÐ !•þ!l !•þl!Øþ ?y¥yöì?îû †þíy îöì¡l–
ëyöì˜îû ëyeyþ›í !èþ§¬ ~î‚ •þyîûy •þyöì˜îû ëyeyþ›öìí !î!èþ§¬ ™îûöìlîû x!èþKþ•þyîû ¤Á¿%‡#l ¥ëûÐ ¤îÅöì¢öì£ì †þ!î ~†þ!Øþ
îy•Åþy !˜öìëûöìSél ~¥z †þ!î•þyîû ôy™Äöìô öë ë!˜ ö†þ’þz ¤ôhßì ²Ì!•þ†)þ¡ þ›!îû!ßi!•þîû ˜,“þüèþyöìî ¤Á¿%‡#l ¥ëû ~î‚ ²Ì!•þKþy
†þöìîû !î?ëû# ¥Gëûyîû– •þy¥öì¡ •þyîû ¤æþ¡•þy ö†þ’þz xyØþ†þyöì•þ þ›yöìîû lyÐ
SUMMARY

The poet introduces three sailing ships at the beginning of the poem. One of them was prepared
to go towards west. The weather being windy, that ship reached to its destination perfectly and
made good business. Then there was another ship, which was directed towards east, faced a
wild sea and had anchored itself soon. The third ship was exceptionally highlighted by the poet
as he wanted to mark its ferocious journey. With the progress of the third ship towards north,
the sky grew darker and the wind stopped. The motionless sea was unfavourable for it, crossing
all the hurdles, it completed its long journey courageously.
¤yîûy‚¢

†þ!î !•þl!Øþ ?y¥yöì?îû †þíy îöì¡l †þ!î•þyîû Öîû&öì•þÐ ~¥z !•þl?öìlîû ôöì™Ä ~†þ?l þ›!Ù‹þöìôîû !˜öì†þ ëy!FSé¡Ð
xyî¥yGëûy ‡%î èþyöì¡y íy†þyëû ?y¥y?!Øþ •þyîû ˆhsýöìîÄ ¤!‘þ†þèþyöìî öþ›ï„öìSé ëyëû ~î‚ îÄyî¤y!ëû†þ ¤yæþ¡Ä þ›yëûÐ •þyîûþ›îû
xyöì¤ xyöìîû†þ!Øþ ?y¥yöì?îû †þíy öë !†þly þ›)îÅ!˜öì†þ îûGly ¥öìëû!Sé¡– ~†þ ’þz_y¡ ¤ô%öìoîû ¤Á¿%‡#l ¥ëû ~î‚ ¢#‰Ê¥z
•þ#öìîû !èþöì’þü ëyëûÐ •,þ•þ#ëû ?y¥y?!Øþöì†þ †þ!î !îöì¢£ìèþyöìî •%þöì¡ ™öìîûöìSélÐ †þyîû” !•þ!l •þyîû ˜%/¤y¥!¤†þ ëyey!Øþ •%þöì¡
™îûöì•þ ö‹þöìëûöìSélÐ ~¥z •,þ•þ#ëû ?y¥yöì?îû ’þz_îû !˜öì†þ ëyey †þîûyîû ¤öìD ¤öìD xy†þy¢ †þyöì¡y ¥öìëû xyöì¤ ~î‚ îy•þy¤
~öì†þîyöìîû î¦þ ¥öìëû ëyëûÐ hßì¸þ ~¥z ¤ô%öìo ?y¥yöì?îû ~!ˆöìëû ‹þ¡yîû þ›öìÇþ ~öì†þîyöìîû¥z ²Ì!•þ†)þ¡ ¥Gëûy ¤öì_´G •þy ¤ôhßì
îy™y!îþ›!_ öþ›!îûöìëû ¤y¥öì¤îû ¤öìD !löì? ëyey!Øþ ¤Á›)”Å †þöìîûÐ
WORD-NEST
Sailing by – action of sailing a ship Œîöìëû ‹þ¡yŠ

Lifting sea – wild sea Œ’þz_y¡ ¤ô%oŠ

Rigged – provided with sail and rigging, ready to sail Œþ›y¡ G ôyéÝ¡éŸé¤¥ ²ÌéÝ•þŠ

Possessed – to make something someone’s belonging Œx!™†þyîû †þîûyŠ

Quaking – to shake in a unsteady way ŒØþy¡ôyØþy¡Š

Captivity – to arrest Œxyîm* †þîûyŠ

Drove – to drive away, Œ‹þy!¡öìëû !löìëû ëyGëûyŠ

Decks – the upper front area of a ship Œ?y¥yöì?îû ¤yôöìlîû x‚¢Š

Unfruitful – not beneficial Œö†þyöìly †þyöì?îû lyŠ

Fire-spilling – looking wild Œxy=l ’þzˆöìîûyöìlyîû ôöì•þy èþëû‚†þîûŠ

2
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
The North

Exercise 1
1. The number of ships sailing by were
a) three þ b) two ¨
c) five ¨ d) four ¨
2. The wind carried the first ship to a
a) big country ¨ b) small country ¨
c) rich country þ d) distant country ¨
3. The second ship turned towards the
a) west ¨ b) north ¨
c) south ¨ d) east þ
4. The decks of the third ship shone
a) brightly ¨ b) frostily þ
c) clearly ¨ d) dimly ¨
5. The northern sky rose over the
a) unfruitful sea þ b) kind sea ¨
c) stormy sea ¨ d) calm sea ¨
6. The ship was rigged for a
a) long journey þ b) short journey ¨
c) slow journey ¨ d) quick journey ¨
Exercise 2
a) What did the wind do to the second ship?
While the second ship was sailing the wind had shown a beastly figure and scared the ship
away.
b) Give any two points of difference between the journey of the third ship and the other two
ships.
The weather was clear and windy at the time of the voyage of the first ship. But the wind had
stopped blowing when the third ship was at voyage, making the situation unfavourable. At the
time of the voyage of the second ship the weather was terribly bad and the sea was wild, which
scared the ship and made it compelled to return back. On the other hand, the third ship, in
spite of having a bad weather determined to go forward and reach to its destination. The will
power was strong of the third ship.

l Choose the correct option from the following questions: (1 Mark Each)
1. During the voyage of the first ship, the weather was –
a) sunny ¨ b) windy þ
c) cloudy ¨ d) foggy ¨
2. The time of the day, when the ships were out, was –
a) morning þ b) day ¨
c) afternoon ¨ d) night ¨
3
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
The North
3. The second ship turned towards

a) north ¨ b) south ¨
c) east þ d) west ¨
4. The sea, at the time of the voyage of the second ship, was like –
a) a feather ¨ b) a beast þ
c) a bird ¨ d) a woman ¨
5. The thong that was not present at the time of the voyage of the third ship was/ were –
a) sunlight ¨ b) rain ¨
c) wind ¨ d) all of the above þ
l Answer the following questions in 30-40 words : (2 Marks Each)

1. How was the weather, when the first ship had set out?
The weather was just suitable at the time of the voyage of the first ship. The day was windy,
which was perfect for moving the sail forward.
2. Which of the three ships were actually rigged for a long journey?
The third ship among the three ships, which headed towards north, was actually destined to
go on a long journey. It had faced many perils and adverse situations, still it was determined
to complete its journey and reach towards its destination. So, it took long time to reach to its
destination.
3. How did the second ship react to the perils?
The second ship, which headed towards east, could not complete its journey. Being afraid of
the beastly attitude of the sea it came back and did not go towards its destination. It lacked the
courage to face the wild sea.
4. Which ship made a good business and how?
The first ship that had headed towards west had got good weather and a perfectly windy
morning. So, it floated towards the rich countries, where it could make good business.
5. What kind of weather did the third ship face?
The third ship faced weather, which was not at all suitable for sailing a ship. The sky was dark
and cloudy. There was no wind blowing, which had made the situation worse. It seemed like
the stars were spilling fire, which made the sea look horrible.
Grammar in Use
EXERCISE 3
l Replace the underlined words with suitable phrasal verbs given in the below. Change the
form if necessary. There are two extra phrasal verbs :
a) The child resembles his grandfather.
b) They published a magazine recently.
c) My mother taught me not to disrespect anyone.
d) We should abolish bad habits.
e) A new university was built at Coochbehar.
Phrasal verbs: bring out, set up, put up, run after, give up, look down upon, take after
a) The child takes after his grandfather.
b) They brought out a magazine recently.
c) My mother taught me not to look down upon anyone.
d) We should give up bad habits.
e) A new university was set up in Coochbehar.
4
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
The North
Exercise 4
l Do as directed:
a) The man was so weak that he could not walk. (Rewrite using ‘too’)
The man was too weak to walk.
b) Titir is one of the most intelligent girls in the class. (Rewrite using the positive degree of the
underlined adjectives)
Very few girls are as intelligent as Titir in the class.
c) As soon as he reached home, it started raining heavily. (Change into a negative sentence)
No sooner did he reach home, than it started raining heavily.
d) Why cry over spilt milk? (Change into an assertive sentence)
One should not cry over spilt milk.
e) Blood is thicker than water. (Change into an interrogative sentence)
Is not the blood thicker than water?
f) He told a lie intentionally. (Rewrite using the noun form of ‘intentionally’)
It was his intention, to tell a lie.
g) Run fast or you will be late. (Change into a complex sentence)
Unless you run fast, you will be late.
h) The reporter made the news public. (Rewrite using the verb form of ‘public’)
The reporter publicised the news.
Textual Grammar
l Fill in the blanks with appropriate article and preposition:
1. I saw three ships go sailing ___, over __ sea, __ lifting sea, and __ wind rose __ the morning
sky, and one was rigged __ a long journey.
by, the, the, the, in, for
2. __ the sea, ___ running sea, and __ __ wind was all possessed and carried __ a rich country.
over, the, by, the, to
l Do as directed:
1. I saw the ships go sailing by. (Change the voice)
The ships were seen go sailing by, by me.
2. The wind rose in the morning sky. (Use the noun form of rose)
The rising of the wind was seen in the morning sky.
3. The first ship turned towards the west. (Change into a complex sentence)
It was the first ship, which turned towards the west.
4. The second turned towards the east. (Change into a negative sentence)
The second turned nowhere else, but the east.
5. The third ship drove towards the north. (Turn into a interrogative sentence)
Did the third ship not drive towards the north?
WRITING Skills
EXERCISE 5
l Write a Newspaper Report within 100 words on the effect of a devastating flood in your
district based on the following hints :
Midnapore district – month of July – heavy rainfall – rivers overflowing – trees uprooted,
many villages flooded – loss of human and animal life – rescue operations – steps taken by the
government
5
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
The North
Midnapore Flooded
—by a Staff Reporter
Midnapore, 30th July : we are getting continuous updates of the heavy rainfall in the district
of Mindnapore since yesterday. The rainfall has been reported to be the highest this year,
which is 80mm. It has caused a threatening situation all over the district. Many have lost their
home, family and sustenance. The water level is still rising continuously flooding the villages.
Government has set rescue team into work, who surveyed the area and reported that a huge
number of people and animal has died and rest of them are in danger. Currently the workers
are trying to lower the water level, so that they can have the access to the flooded area and can
rescue people out of that. After that we will get to know and will be able to estimate the loss.

Exercise 6
l Imagine that you and your friend are sailors of two ships that have recently returned from their
voyages. Write a dialogue within 100 words on the different experiences of your voyages.
Me : Hey, Sudip! Good to see you back. How was your trip?
Sudip : Ah! It was a nice trip. The weather was so pleasant and the travellers were happy.
What about you?
Me : Don’t make me remember of my trip. Fortunately, it has ended and be thankful to
God that you can see me still now in front of you.
Sudip : Why are you speaking like this? Was it a hard experience?
Me : I have never come across a more horrible experience than this in my whole life. Once
we entered the pacific, the sky started darkening and the flow of the wind stopped at
all. The sky seemed like a black cover upon our head.
Sudip : That’s horrible! What did you do then?
Me : All of us started praying almighty, so that we can pass the danger all together. I told
everyone to be safe downstairs and cleared the deck. Then me and my teammates
handled the situation. Fortunately, after two hours everything became normal again
and we all sighed out of relief.
Sudip : It is sounding adventurous but I can understand how panicked you all would have
been in that situation. Thank God, everyone is safe.
Me : Yes! I thank my stars for that.

This chapter bears a strong message, which tells everyone about perseverance. It conveys the
message that, if one holds on to its believes and determines to win, his win is confirmed.
6
The Price of Bananas
— Mulk Raj Anand
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
Introduction
The story, 'The Price of Bananas' written by Mulk Raj Anand, is written in first person narrative
and is a great example of descriptive type of writing. Through the authors writing, characters
of a few people have come out in its true colour. It shows the difference that is prevailing
between two classes of the society. On one hand we see people who belong to comparatively
lower class, are so generous and thoughtful. On the other hand, people of upper class, who are
comparatively wealthier behaves like a miser. The author through his beautiful technique of
humorous storytelling, highlights some social evils.
îDyl%îy˜
‘Mulk Raj Anand’éŸé~îû 'The Price of Bananas' ö¡‡y ˆÒ!Øþöì•þ ö¡‡†þ !löì?îû ö¡‡yîû ¤yöìí ¤yöìí– !î£ìëû™ôÅ#

ö¡‡l#îû ~†þ ˜%˜Åyhsý ’þz˜y¥îû”Ð ˆÒ!Øþ ˆÒ†þíöì†þîû ˜,!ÜTèþ!Döì•þ ’þzþ›ßiy!þ›•þ ¥öìëûöìSéÐ ~¥z ö¡‡yîû ôy™Äöìô !†þS%é ôyl%öì£ìîû
‹þy!îû!e†þ ÷î!¢ÜTÄ ö¡‡†þ •%þöì¡ ™öìîûöìSélÐ ~!Øþ ’þzF‹þ!î_ G !lÁ¬!î_éŸŸŸé ~¥z ˜%!Øþ ö×!”îû ôyl%öì£ìîû xy‹þîûöì”îû î”Åly
†þöìîûÐ !lÁ¬!î_ ˜öì¡îû ôyl%£ì xöìl†þ ˜ëûy¡% ~î‚ ôll¢#¡Ð xyþ›îû!˜öì†þ ™l# îÄ!_«îûy ëyöì˜îû •%þ¡lyô)¡†þèþyöìî xy!íÅ†þ
¤yôíÅÄ öî!¢– •þyîûy¥z †,þþ›öì”îû ôöì•þy îÄî¥yîû †þöìîûélÐ ö¡‡†þ •„þyîû x¤y™yîû” ˆÒ÷ì¢¡#öì•þ ¥y¤Äîûöì¤îû xî•þyîû”yîû
ôy™Äöìô ¤ôyöì?îû !†þS%é x¤ê !˜†þ •%þöì¡ ™öìîûöìSélÐ
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
Mulk Raj Anand is a celebrated name in Indian literature. One of the pioneers of Anglo-
Indian, Mulk Raj Anand was one of the best Indian born English story writer. His works are
burning with protest against the untouchables and he own a novel of the same name. His other
notable works are Coolie, Two Leaves and a Bud. He was awarded the Padma Bhusan award
for his excellence in writing skill. He was born in 12th December, 1905 and was died in 28th
September, 2004.
SUMMARY
The narrator of the story is travelling to Lucknow from Faizabad. Before his journey had
started, he was passing his time by observing the eventful platform. The main attraction of
the station, was the activities done by a few monkeys who were eager to have some food. After
securing a window-seat, while others were busy in their work, the narrator kept on observing
the cunning activities of the monkeys. One of the monkeys, had taken away a cloth of a bathing
monk, but being generous the monkey gave it back to him after requesting.
After this, in the author’s compartment entered a business man with huge luggage and loads of
things. On his way, a monkey had come down and snatched away his embroidered cap and sat on
a Neem tree. All other people in the station, were being entertained by these episodes. A vendor
offered help to the businessman. He tried to make the monkey feel greedy by offering two bananas.
Drawing an end upon everyone’s entertainment, the monkey had given back the cap.
But the businessman was so ungrateful, that he neither bothered to thank the vendor, nor
offered him some money. The vendor requested the businessman politely to pay for the two
bananas which he had used to bring his cap back. But the miser business did not agree to
pay him at all. Later he gave an anna to the vendor and four annas for the porter, who had
carried his luggage. The porter complained after getting paid so less. Despite of requesting
several times, the businessman did not give any money and had looked down upon both the
vendor and the porter. He got up into the train compartment. The vendor even got up into the
running train to get money, still the businessman was stubborn. At last, after the vendor got off
the train, he explained that, as he had not asked the vendor to help, he need not pay him. The
crowd including the narrator sympathised with the vendor and the porter. The narrator had
drawn a cartoon of the “Sethji” (the businessman) and showed that to everyone, which made
them laugh making the businessman feel uncomfortable.
2
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
¤yîûy‚¢
éˆéöìÒéîû éöé¡é‡é†þ é÷æþ?éyéîéyé˜ éöéíéöìé†þ é¡é‡l’þzéŸé~îû !˜öì†þ îûGly ¥öìFSélÐ ëyey Öîû& ¥îyîû xyöìˆ– !•þ!l ²ÕÄyØþæþöìôÅîû !î!èþ§¬
ö¡yöì†þöì˜îû ö˜‡öì•þ G •þyöì˜îû !lîû#Çþ” †þîûöì•þ Öîû& †þöìîûlÐ !îöì¢£ìèþyöìî •þyîû l?îû †þyöì’þü !†þS%é î„y˜öìîûîû ˜¡– ëyîûy
!†þS%é ‡yîyîû ¤‚@ýÌ¥ †þîûöì•þ îÄhßì !Sé¡Ð ?yly¡yîû þ›yöì¢îû ßiyl!Øþ þ›yGëûyîû þ›îû– ë‡l îy!†þîûy !î!èþ§¬ †þyöì? îÄhßì– ö¡‡†þ
~¥z î„y˜îûöì˜îû î„y˜îûy!ô ö˜‡öì•þ îÄhßì íyöì†þlÐ î„y˜îû=!¡îû ôöì™Ä ~†þ!Øþ ~†þ ß¬ylîû•þ ¤§¬Äy¤#îû †þyþ›’þü !löìëû þ›y¡yëû–
!†þév î„y˜îû!Øþîû †þyöìSé xl%öìîûy™ †þîûyëû ö¤ xyîyîû •þy !æþ!îûöìëûG ö˜ëûÐ
~îûþ›îû ö¡‡öì†þîû †þyôîûyëû ~†þ îÄî¤yëû# •þ!Ò•þÒyéŸé¤¥ ²Ìöìî¢ †þöìîûlÐ •þyîû xy¤yîû ¤ôëû ~†þ î„y˜îû •„þyîû ôyíyîû
¤)!‹þ†þyëÅ †þîûy Ø%þ!þ›!Øþ !Sé!löìëû ölëû ~î‚ !ˆöìëû !lôˆyöìSéîû Gþ›îû îöì¤Ð öÞØþ¢öìlîû ¤ôhßì ö¡y†þ ~¥z îÄyþ›yîû!Øþ ö˜öì‡
öî¢ ô?y þ›yëûÐ •þ‡l ~†þ æþ¡ !îöìe«•þy ~öì¤ •þyöì†þ ¤y¥yëÄ †þöìîûlÐ ö¤ î„y˜îû!Øþöì†þ ˜%!Øþ †þ¡yîû ö¡yèþ ö˜!‡öìëû Ø%þ!þ›!Øþ
!æþ!îûöìëû xylöì•þ ‹þyëûÐ ¤îyîû xöìþ›Çþyîû xî¤yl ‰!Øþöìëû î„y˜îû!Øþ ¤!•þÄ¥z Ø%þ!þ›!Øþ öæþîû•þ ö˜ëûÐ
!†þév îÄî¤yëû#!Øþ ~•þ¥z x†,þ•þKþ– öë !•þ!l æþ¡ !î!e«•þy!Øþöì†þ ö†þyöìly ™lÄîy˜ ö•þy ?yly¥z ly ~î‚ ö†þyöìly Øþy†þyéŸéþ›ëû¤yG
ö˜l lyÐ !îöìe«•þy!Øþ •þyöì†þ !î!l•þ xl%öìîûy™ †þöìîû– •þyîû öë ô)¡Ä ö¡öìˆöìSé †þ¡y ˜%!Øþ !˜öì•þ– ö¤!Øþ xhsý•þ •þyöì†þ !˜öì•þÐ
!†þév ö¤!ØþG !•þ!l !˜öì•þ îûy!? ¥l lyÐ þ›öìîû ö¤¥z †,þþ›” îÄî¤yëû# !îöìe«•þy!Øþöì†þ ~†þ xyly ~î‚ ôy¡ î¥l†þyîû#öì†þ
‹þyîû xyly þ›ëû¤y ö˜lÐ !îöìe«•þy îöì¡ öë •þyîû ²Ìyþ›Ä Øþy†þyîû ö‹þöìëû †þô ô)¡Ä ö¤ öþ›öìëûöìSéÐ ö¤ ~îûþ›îû ‹þ¡hsý öØþÆöìlîû
†þyôîûyëû ’þzöì‘þ þ›öì’þüÐ ö¡y†þ!Øþ îöì¡– öëöì¥•%þ ö¤ !löì? •þyöì†þ ¤y¥yëÄ †þîûöì•þ îöì¡!l •þy¥z •þyîû Øþy†þyG ö˜Gëûy ’þz!‹þê lyÐ
ö¡‡†þ ~î‚ xlÄylÄ ëye#îûy !îöìe«•þy!Øþîû ¤yöìí ¤¥yl%è)þ!•þ ö˜‡yëûÐ ö¡‡†þ ö¤¥z òö¢‘þ!?óéŸéîû ~†þ!Øþ îÄD!‹þe x„yöì†þl
~î‚ ¤îy¥zöì†þ •þy ö˜‡yl ëy ö˜öì‡ ¤îy¥z ¥y¤y¥y!¤ †þöìîû ~î‚ ö¡y†þ!Øþ xßº!hßìöì•þ þ›öì’þü ëylÐ
WORD-NEST
Arrived – to reach to somewhere Œöþ›ï„SéylŠ

Departure – to leave to go somewhere Œöî!îûöìëû þ›’þüy ²Ìßiyl †þîûyŠ

Frolicking – play about cheerfully Œö‡öì¡ öî’þüyöìlyŠ

Mango stones – the seed of mango Œxyöìôîû x„y!ØþŠ

Remainders – what is left over Œxî!¢ÜTŠ

Descended – to come down following step by step Œölöìô xy¤yŠ

Boughs – branches of trees ŒˆyöìSéîû ’þy¡Š

Announced – to state publically Œö‰y£ì”y †þîûyŠ

Concentrated – centre the mind upon something Œôöìlyöìëyˆ ö˜GëûyŠ

Compartment – a separate room in a machine Œ†þyôîûy– †þÇþŠ

Pitchers – an earthen pot to store water Œ?öì¡îû ?y¡yŠ

Loin cloth – a piece of cloth to cover a small portion of body Œ~†þ²Ì†þyîû îßfŠ

Pious person – monk Œ¤§¬Äy¤#Š

Amusement – entertainment Œxîy†þ †þîûyŠ

Bather – one who is taking a bath Œß¬ylîû•þŠ

Generous – kind hearted Œ˜ëûy¡%Š

Delicate – soft, gentle Œö†þyô¡Š

Tunic – a piece of cloth Œ?yôyŠ

Porter – one who carries luggage Œ†%þ!¡ùôy¡ î¥l†þyîû#Š

Utter – completely Œ~öì†þîyöìîûŠ

Smug - showing extreme proud on oneself Œö˜ôy!†þŠ

Perspiration – sweating in tension Œ‰yô ¥GëûyŠ

3
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
Remoter – to interior Œöèþ•þöìîûîû !˜öì†þŠ

Plight – misery Œ†þÜTŠ

Piteous – deserving and arousing pity Œ˜%/‡?l†þŠ

Rescue – to save someone Œ’þzm*yîû †þîûyŠ

Vendor – a seller Œ!îöìe«•þyŠ

Dangling – swinging loosely ŒV%þ¡hsýŠ

Stretched out – made a bit longer or wider ŒöØþöìl îy’þüyöìlyŠ

Hesitate – thinking a few times before doing something Œ†%þZþy öîy™ †þîûyŠ

Coaxed cautiously – pursued someone being alert Œ†þy’þzöì†þ ¤yî™yöìl ôylyöìlyýŠ

Cooed – make a soft murmuring sound Œþ›y!‡îû ’þyöì†þîû ôöì•þy ¥y¡†þy ¢· †þîûyŠ

Bargain – to negotiate about the payment Œ˜îû˜yô †þîûyŠ

Crumpled – crushed to form wrinkles Œ†%„þ‹þöì†þ ö˜GëûyŠ

Humbly – politely ŒèþoèþyöìîŠ

Impudence – not showing respect for a person Œx¤Á¿yl †þîûyŠ

Disgust – having a feeling of hatred Œ!îîû!_« ö˜‡yöìlyŠ

Grimy – covered with dirt Œöly‚îûyŠ

Crook – strange Œxq$•þýŠ

Thundered – to shout in a rough voice Œ!î˜%Äöì•þîû ôöì•þy ˆ½þ#îû ¢· †þîûyŠ

Persisted – to stay determined Œôl!ßiîû †þîûyŠ

Scowled – to show anger Œîûyˆ ö˜‡yöìlyýŠ

Justify – State the reason of something Œë%!_« ö˜GëûyŠ

Grievance – complaint Œx!èþöìëyˆ Kþyþ›l †þîûyýŠ

Cartoon – a picture mocking someone ŒîÄD!‹þeŠ


Exercise 1
i. The author was on his way from Faizabad railway station to
a) Delhi ¨ b) Kolkata ¨
c) Lucknow þ d) Ahmedabad ¨
ii. From the water pump the passengers were filling up their
a) water bottles ¨ b) earthen pitchers þ
c) brass jugs ¨ d) steel buckets ¨
iii. The gentleman who came up to the author’s compartment looked like a
a) businessman þ b) doctor ¨
c) teacher ¨ d) postman ¨
iv. The price the vendor asked for the bananas was
a) two annas þ b) four annas ¨
c) six annas ¨ d) eight annas ¨
v. The author draw the cartoon of
a) fruit vendor ¨ b) monkey ¨
c) porter ¨ d) sethji þ
4
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
Exercise 2
i. Where did the young monkeys sit?
The young monkeys sat on the branch of Neem and Tamarind trees.
ii. What did the monkey do to the loin cloth of the pious person?
A pious person was bathing under a pump and a monkey came and snatched away his loin
cloth.
iii. What did Sethji’s luggage include?
Sethji had a huge luggage which included a big steel trunk, several small baskets and a brass
jug.
iv. Why, according to the fruit vendor, were the monkeys disturbing the passengers?
According to the fruit vendor, the monkeys were hungry, so they were disturbing the fruit
vendor.
Exercise 3
l Answer the following question within twenty-five words :
a) What was the businessman wearing?
The businessman was wearing a white muslin dhoti, a delicate tunic and an embroidered cap
on his head. It gave him a look of a gentle man.
b) What did the monkey do after accepting the fruit vendor’s bargain?
After accepting the fruit vendor’s bargain of returning the cap in exchange of the cap, he took
over the two bananas with his right hand and left the embroidered cap of the business man
with the left hand.
c) How did the whole amusing episode end?
Although the whole thing had started on a funny and entertaining note, it had ended on a bitter
tone as the ungrateful businessman had not paid the generous vendor justly for his kind help.

i. The narrator had started his journey from –
a) Lucknow ¨ b) Delhi ¨
c) Faizabad þ d) Agra ¨
ii. The destination of the author was
a) Faizabad ¨ b) delhi ¨
c) agra ¨ d) Lucknow þ
iii. The narrator had arrived __ hour ago than the train’s departure.
a) one ¨ b) two ¨
c) half þ d) one and a half ¨
iv. The monkeys came down from the tree to collect
a) money ¨ b) paper ¨
c) garments ¨ d) food þ
v. The season, in which the story had been composed, was –
a) summer þ b) monsoon ¨
c) autumn ¨ d) winter ¨
5
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
vi. The monkeys were

a) lazy ¨ b) sprightly þ
c) joyous ¨ d) angry ¨
vii. The quality of the monkeys that amused the author was, their -
a) genius ¨ b) intelligence ¨
c) planning ¨ d) all of the above þ
viii. The monkey dropped the loin cloth at
a) the water pump ¨ b) under the tree ¨
c) at the feet of the man þ d) in the lap of the author ¨
ix. “What have you done, monkey!” – the speaker was –
a) the porter ¨ b) the vendor ¨
c) the narrator ¨ d) the businessman þ
x. The man who offered to rescue the businessman’s cap was –
a) the porter ¨ b) the vendor þ
c) the author ¨ d) the pious man ¨
xi. The nature of the businessman can be described as
a) clever ¨ b) miserly þ
c) self-centred ¨ d) notorious ¨
xii. When the monkey had taken away the cap, the businessman looked
a) angry ¨ b) frustrated ¨
c) helpless þ d) curious ¨
l Answer the questions in one sentence: (1 Mark Each)

i. What caused the amusement of public?
The misery of the businessman, which had been caused by the taking away of a cap by a
monkey, caused amusement of the public.
ii. What made the author think that the monkey was generous?
After requesting, the monkey had given back the cloth of the pious man, which made the
author think the monkey to be generous.
iii. Where is the story set in?
The story is set in the platform of Faizabad.
iv. What is the central factor of the story?
The central factor of the story should be the activities of the monkey as the other themes of the
story revolve, around them.
v. Who came to rescue the businessman from his plight?
A fruit seller or vendor came to rescue the businessman from his plight.
vi. “Go! Go! Crook!” whom is these words indicated to?
The businessman told these words indicating the porter, who had carried his luggage.
l Answer the questions briefly: (2 Marks Each)

i. Which activities of the monkeys show that they were hungry?
At the beginning of the story, we get to see that the monkeys were repetitively coming down
to eat remaining food and to suck the already eaten mango stones.they also snatched people’s
things as they were hungry.
ii. Describe the appearance of the businessman.
The businessman was wearing a white muslin dhoti, a delicate tunic and an embroidered cap
on his head. His appearance was like a gentleman.
6
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
iii. “The people on the platform were much amused by the plight of the businessman.” – What
caused the plight?
The businessman was wearing an embroidered cap on his head, which was snatched away by
a monkey. The man started sweating and feeling very helpless about the situation. This was
the reason of his plight.
iv. What message do we get from the story?
In the story, we get to see two distinct classes of our society. One is the businessman. On
the other hand were the vendor and the porter. There were the narrator and other fellow
passengers, whose classes were not mentioned. But we see that the one, who has much resource
to himself, is a miser and not just. In contrast, who does not have much material wealth, comes
forward to help open handed but is not paid justly. We can see this imbalance and difference
in the character and mentality of various people of our society.
v. Describe the nature of the businessman.
The businessman was a wealthy person and looked gentlemanly. But he was not kind or just.
He was a miser and folded his hands when the time of payment came. He did not value people
rightly. He lacked compassion also, that is why when the vendor got up on the running train
to get his payment, and then also he did not pay him being a stubborn. The usage of words
like, “go! Go! Crook.” or “Ja! Ja!” shows his degraded personality.
vi. How did the businessman react when the monkey took away his cap? How did the monkey
react back?
At first when the monkey took the businessman’s cap away, he felt helpless and started
shouting on it. His behaviour scared the monkey more and he went more interior upon the
tree.
vii.“Sethji, be just…” Who is the speaker? Why does he say so?
The speaker is the vendor, who had helped the businessman to get back his cap from the
notorious monkey.
The vendor had helped selflessly the businessman to get back his cap from the monkey. He
had given two bananas from his cart to the monkey. But later on the businessman refused to
pay the man for the bananas. So he says the quoted words.
viii. How did the author do justice to the ‘bitter’ ending of the story?
The author was a spectator who described exactly what the characters were doing and that
drew out the charter sketch of them. The businessman was a miser and an ungrateful man.
The story which had started on a happy note had ended in a sad tone because of the unjust
behaviour of the businessman. Everyone in the train sympathised with the vendor though. The
author, at last drew a cartoon of the businessman made fun of him, which embarrassed him
greatly. This was a justice to a man of such degraded character.
Exercise 4
Grammar in Use
l Fill in the blanks with appropriate articles and prepositions:
a) _______ sun rises in the east.
b) The dog jumped _______ the log.
c) I love to watch ________ one-day match.
d) ________ a pen, Tiya also has an eraser.
[ a) the , b) on, c) the , d) besides ]
Exercise 5
Change the voice of the following sentences :
a) Mr. Khan is known to me.
I know Mr. Khan.
b) Trina had composed a poem.
A poem had been composed by Trina.
7
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
c) I will always remember you.

You will always be remembered by me.
d) They have made him the President of the club.
He has been made the President of the club by them.
Exercise 6
l Fill in the blanks with appropriate form of the given verbs in brackets:
a) They _____ ______ their puja vacation in the hills. (spend)
b) We ____ ___ in this city for over ten years. (live)
c) I ______ just ______ reading the book. (finish)
d) The project ____ ______ ________ by June next year. (complete)
[a) will spend, b) have been living, c) have finished, d) will have been completed ]
Exercise 7
l Change the mode of narration in the following sentences :
1. Rahul said, “Alas! Brazil has lost the match.”
Rahul exclaimed in grief that Brazil had lost the match.
2. “Let us go for a walk,” said Shabnam to Chandni.
Shabnam proposed Chandni to go for a walk.
3. “Good morning, madam,” said the students to the teacher.
Addressing her as madam, the students greeted good morning to the teacher.
4. My father said to me, “Do not pluck flowers.”
My father instructed me not to pluck flowers.
Textual Grammar
l Fill in the blank with appropriate article and preposition :
i. I was ____ my way ___ Faizabad railway station ___ Lucknow. I had arrived __ ___ station
half ___ hour __ advance ___ the train’s departure. I sat ___ a bench watching the monkeys
frolicking ___ the trees and ___ the open platform.
on, from, to, at, the, an, in, of, on, on, on
ii. Just then ___ train was announced ___ the ringing __ ___ station bell. I concentrated ___
securing a seat ___ myself __ the train. I got ___ window seat overlooking the platform.
the, by , of, the, on, for, in, a
iii. A great deal __ general amusement was caused ___ this incident. __ bather then requested __
monkey ___ return his loin cloth. The monkey was generous and threw it ___ ___ the neem
tree ___ the man’s feet.
of, by, the, the, to, down, from, at
iv. While all this was going ___, I noticed a gentleman come up ___ our compartment. He looked
like __ businessman. He was dressed ___ a white muslin dhoti, __ delicate tunic and ___
embroidered cap __ his head.
on, to, a, in, a, an, on
v. The people __ __ platform were much amused ___ the plight ___ the businessman. He looked
___ a piteous and hopeless expression ___ his face. Meanwhile, ___ fruit hawker had come
forward, pushing his little cart.
on, the, by, of, with, on, a
l Do as directed :
i. I had arrived at the station half an hour in advance of the time for the train’s departure.
I had arrived at the station half an hour ago when the train would have been departing.
8
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
ii. I sat on a bench watching monkeys frolicking on the trees. (Turn into a compound sentence)
Monkeys were frolicking on the trees and I sat on a bench watching them.
iii. The younger monkeys sat on the boughs of neem and tamarind trees, ready to jump after any
food that may be visible. (Separate into simple sentences)
i) The younger monkeys sat on the boughs of neem trees.
ii) They were sitting on the tamarind trees also.
iii) Foods were visible.
iv) They were ready to jump on the foods.
iv. Just then the train was announced by the ringing of the station bell.
The train was announced just after the station bell rang.
v. I got a window seat overlooking the platform. (Use the verb form of ‘overlooking’)
I got a window seat, which overlooked the platform.
vi. I was struck by the genius of a monkey. (Change the voice)
The genius of a monkey struck me.
vii. We were all sweating from the rising heat of the summer. (Change into a negative sentence)
We were all sweating for nothing but the rising heat of the summer.
viii. Several passengers were busy filing up their small earthen pitchers from a water pump.
(Use the noun for of “busy”)
There was busyness in several passengers for filling up their small earthen pitchers from a
water pump.
ix. A great deal of general amusement was caused by this incident. (Change the voice)
This incident caused a great deal of general amusement.
x. The bather then requested the monkey to return his loin cloth. (Change the speech)
The bather said to the monkey, “Please return my loin cloth.”
xi. The monkey was generous and threw it down from the neem tree at the man’s feet.
(Turn into a simple sentence)
Being generous the monkey threw it down from the neem tree at the man’s feet.
xii. He looked like a businessman. (Turn into an interrogative sentence)
Did he look like a businessman?
xiii. The man was shouting at the porter to hurry up with the luggage.
(Turn into a compound sentence)
The man was shouting at the porter so that he could hury up with the luggage.
xiv. The people on the platform were much amused by the plight of the businessman.
(Change the voice)
The plight of the businessman amused the people on the platform.
WRITING Skills
Exercise 8
l Write a story in about 100 words using the given hints. Give a suitable title to the story :
Hints : two cats find a piece of bread – fight over it – monkey arrives – decides to settle the
dispute – monkey breaks the bread into two – uneven size – eats a portion from the larger
share – dispute continues – monkey eats both pieces of bread.
Two Cats and a Cunning Monkey

Once there lived three friends in a village. Two of them were cats, namely – Chumli and Bhola
and the other one was a monkey, named LuLu. Lulu was very smart among them. One day
two cats were fighting over a piece of bread. Chumli said, “I want to have a piece of bread.”
Bhola said, “I also want to have one. But I will not have a lesser portion than you.” Chumli was
confused about how to part the bread in equal pieces. Suddenly there came their friend, LuLu,
the monkey. He suggested an idea. He told, “Give me the bread and don’t fight like silly cats.
9
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
I will half it into two equal parts.” But when he tried to execute the plan, he made a mistake.
One part of loaf was bigger than the other. He ate a little bit from the bigger part and tried to
make two parts same. The cats continued their fight. Seeing that, the monkey ate the whole
bread pretending to divide them equally and the cats remained gaped at him.
Exercise 9
l Using the following points write a paragraph in about 100 words on how your locality looks
like at dawn :
Your place of stay – early morning sky – description of the nature around – sounds that are
heard – reasons for enjoyment – conclusion
At Dawn
I live in Kolkata, which falls under a tropical zone. The place is generally hot and humid. But at
dawn the weather is very soothing and pleasing. The whole city remains calm and peaceful. At
this time with the mild wind, comes the soft chirping sound of birds. Smell of freshly brewed
tea fills up the air. When, we practice yoga or go for a morning walk, it feels very refreshing.
So, I enjoy the most at this time. After experiencing dawn, I have become an early riser.

The chapter teaches us about people of various kinds, who exist in our society all together. We
learn about virtues. The character of the businessman shows us, what kind of a man we should
not become and the vendor, with whom we sympathise, should be treated justly.
10
A Shipwrecked Sailor
—Daniel Defoe
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
Introduction
The story is about survival of an urbanised man, who had accidentally left into a barren island.
His ship got wrecked, so he reached to the island, which was completely isolated from human
connection. The world there seemed like, before the creation of man and so were the problems
of living there. Crusoe had to start from the scratch. He made a place which would be safe
for his living, started growing his own food, made a lamp out of natural objects and also
discovered an idea of keeping the track of dates. It shows how a person can survive a whole
long year without the help of technology. We get to realise that nature has given us everything
to survive. The story is takes from the novel Robinson Crusoe, written in first person narrative.
îDyl%îy˜

~¥z ˆÒ!Øþ ~†þ?l ¢àöìîû ôyl%öì£ìîû ¥‘þyê †þöìîû ~†þ ?l¢)lÄ m#öìþ› öþ›ï„öìSé !ˆöìëû– !löì?öì†þ î„y!‹þöìëû îûy‡yîû ˆÒÐ
ö¡y†þ!Øþîû ?y¥y? Vþöì’þü ’þz¡öìØþ ëyGëûyîû ˜îû&l– ö¤ ~†þ ?lôylî¥#l m#öìþ› ~öì¤ þ›öì’þü– ëy îy¥zöìîûîû ?ˆê öíöì†þ
~öì†þîyöìîû¥z !î!FSé§¬Ð ~¥z m#öìþ›îû þ›!îûöìî¢ þ›,!íî#öì•þ ôyl%öì£ìîû ¤,!ÜT ¥Gëûyîû xyöìˆîû ¤ôöìëûîû ôöì•þyÐ ~‡yöìl öî„öì‹þ
íy†þyîû ?lÄ ö¡y†þ!Øþ xíÅyê e%«öì¤yöì†þ ~†þ˜ô ¢)lÄ öíöì†þ !?!l¤þ›e îylyöì•þ Öîû& †þîûöì•þ ¥ëûÐ ö¤ !löì?îû íy†þyîû
?lÄ ~†þ!Øþ !lîûyþ›˜ xy×ëû ÷•þ!îû †þöìîû– !löì?îû ‡yîyîû ?lÄ æþ¤¡ !löì?¥z æþ¡yöì•þ Öîû& †þöìîû– ¤Á›)”Å ²Ìy†,þ!•þ†þ îéÝ
öíöì†þ îy!•þ ÷•þ!îû †þöìîû– ~î‚ •þy!îû‡ G !˜öìlîû ö‡ëûy¡ îûy‡yîû îÄîßiyG †þöìîûÐ ~îû myîûy xyôîûy ™yîû”y †þîûöì•þ þ›y!îû
öëéŸéö†þyöìly xy™%!l†þ ²Ìë%!_«îû ¤y¥yëÄ Séy’þüyG ôyl%£ì ~†þ îSéîû öî„öì‹þ íy†þöì•þ þ›yöìîû ~î‚ •þyîû ²Ìöìëûy?l#ëû !?!l¤ ö¤
!löì? îylyöì•þ þ›yöìîûÐ xyôîûy xl%èþî †þ!îû öë xyôyöì˜îû ²Ìöìëûy?öìlîû ¤î!†þS%é¥z ²Ì†,þ!•þ xyôyöì˜îû !˜öìëûöìSéÐ ~¥z ˆÒ!Øþ
ölGëûy ¥öìëûöìSé 'Robinson Crusoe' lyô†þ ~†þ ’þzþ›lÄy¤ öíöì†þ– öë‡yöìl ö¡‡†þ !löì? î”Åly †þöìîûöìSélÐ
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
Daniel Defoe was an fine English novelist who was born in 1660, in London. Apart from
being an novelist, he was a successful pamphleteer and journalist as well. A few of his notable
works are – A journal of the Plague Year, Colonel Jack, Moll Flanders , Tour Through the
whole Island of great Britain and many more. His stories reflect the taste of adventure and are
popular till this date. The story of our book had been taken from the novel Robinson Crusoe.
SUMMARY
The story begins on 30th September, 1659, when the narrator, namely Robinson Crusoe
reached on to a barren island as his ship gets wrecked. He was engulfed by the fear of unknown
wild animals and neither had food or clothing. He had to spend days in continuous rainfall.
He was away from the civilization, where he could not buy any necessity or luxury in exchange
of money. Gradually he made everything on his own. He set up his tent by finding a perfect
place. He built a fence, made a lamp out of animal fat, and started growing crops. He observed
simple illness like fever was also being cured by itself. At last he realised that he had passed
one whole year and survived successfully. He was so proud of his survival that he decided to
document his own journey but with lesser details, as there was shortage of ink.
¤yîûy‚¢
ˆÒ!Øþ Öîû& ¥ëû 30 ö¤öì²WzÁºîû– 1659– ë‡l éRobinson CrusoeéŸéîû ?y¥y?!Øþ Vþöì’þü ’þz¡öìØþ ëyGëûyëû ö¤ ~öì¤

öþ›ï„Séyëû ~†þ ?lôylî¥#l m#öìþ›Ð ö¤‡yöìl öþ›ï„öìSé x?yly !¥‚ßË ²Ìy”#öì˜îû èþëû •þyöì†þ @ýÌy¤ †þöìîû ~î‚ •þyîû †þyöìSé
ö†þyöìly ‡yîyîû ¤yô@ýÌ# îy þ›îûyîû ?lÄ ?yôy†þyþ›’þüG íyöì†þ lyÐ ö¤ ôylî¤èþÄ•þyîû öíöì†þ ˜)öìîû ‹þöì¡ ëyëû– öë‡yöìl
²Ìöìëûy?l#ëû !?!l¤þ›e Øþy†þyþ›ëû¤yîû !î!lôëûG ö†þly ëyëû lyÐ ™#öìîû ™#öìîû ö¤ !löì?¥z ¤î !?!l¤þ›e îylyöì•þ !¢öì‡
ëyëûÐ ö¤ ~†þ!Øþ èþyöì¡y ?yëûˆy ö˜öì‡ ~†þ!Øþ •„þyî% ßiyþ›l †þöìîû ~î‚ ö¤!Øþöì†þ ~†þ!Øþ öî’þüy !˜öìëû ö‰îûyîû îÄîßiyG †þöìîûÐ
ö¤ ²Ìy”#îû ‹þ!îÅ !˜öìëû îy!•þ îylyöì•þ ö¢öì‡ ~î‚ æþ¤¡ æþ¡yöì•þ Öîû& †þöìîûÐ ö¤ ö˜öì‡ ¤y™yîû” ?µöìîûîû ôöì•þy x¤%‡
!löì?¥z ö¤öìîû þëyöìFSéÐ ~†þ!˜l ö¤ xl%èþî †þöìîû öë ~èþyöìî †þ‡l ö¤ ~†þ îSéîû †þy!Øþöìëû öæþöì¡öìSéÐ ö¤ !löì?îû ²Ì!•þ
~•þØþy¥z ˆ!îÅ•þ öîy™ †þöìîû– öë ö¤ !löì?îû ~¥z x!èþKþ•þy !¡‡öì•þ Öîû& †þöìîûÐ !†þév ö¡‡yîû †þy!¡îû xèþyöìî ö¤ ¤ôhßì
!îîîû” !¡öì‡ ’þz‘þöì•þ þ›yöìîû lyÐé
2
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
WORD-NEST
Miserable – in a terribly bad condition Œ˜%˜Å¢y@ýÌhßìŠ

Shipwrecked – sinking of ship Œ?y¥y?’%þ!îŠ

Shore – the bank of any water body Œl˜#îû •þ#îûŠ

Dismal – disappointing Œ¥•þy¢y?l†þŠ

Despair – a complete loss or absence of hope Œ¥•þy¢Š

Drowned – to go under water, being submerged Œ’%þöìî ëyGëûyŠ

Devoured – eat hungrily or quickly Œöˆy@ýÌyöì¤ ‡yGëûyŠ

Gusts of wind – a sudden strong rush of wind ŒöVþy’þü ¥yGëûyŠ

Survival – the state or fact of continuing to live or exist Œöî„öì‹þ íy†þyîû ?lÄ ¡’þüy¥zŠ

Provisions – providing something, supplies Œ¤!Méþ•þ ¤yô@ýÌ#Š

Hammock – a canvas with two cords in both ends Œ•„þyî% ‡yØþyöìlyîû ?lÄ ˜!’þüŠ

Canvas – a strong coarse cloth made from flax or yarn Œ•„þyî%îû †þyþ›’þüŠ

Tent – a portable shelter made of canvas, supported by bamboo or woods Œ•„þyî%Š

Barren – empty Œ‡y!¡Š

Leagues – a collection of people, countries or groups that combine for mutual protection or

cooperation Œö¡y†þ?l– öˆyÛþ# îy ö˜¢ ëyîûy ~öì†þ xþ›îûöì†þ ¤y¥yëÄ †þöìîûŠ
Convinced – cause to believe firmly in the truth of something ŒôylyöìlyŠ

Desolate – a bleak emptiness Œ‡y!¡Š

Habitation – the fact of living in a particular place Œî¤!•þŠ

Worn in – damaged and shabby ŒÇþöìëû ëyGëûyŠ

Pitch – set roughly Œî¤yöìlyŠ

Cables – wires Œ•þyîûŠ

Fence – a boundary made of bamboo or a little hard wood Œöî’þüyŠ

Fortified – make stronger Œ¢_«öìþ›y_« îylyöìlyŠ

Occurred – to take place Œö†þyöìly !†þS%é ‰ØþyŠ

Notch – to make a cut mark or a surface Œ†þyØþy ˜yˆ ö˜GëûyŠ

Husks – the dry outer covering Œ¢öì¤Äîû îy¥zöìîûîû Ö†þöìly ö‡y¡yŠ

Shooting out – sprouting out of the soil Œ?!ô öíöì†þ xB%þîû öî!îûöìëû xy¤yŠ

Astonished – being wondered Œxîy†þ ¥öìëû ëyGëûyŠ

Tallow – a kind of animal fat Œ²Ìy”#îû ‹þ!îÅŠ

Journal – a book or diary where one can document something everyday Œöîûy?†þyîû !†þS%é ö¡‡y ‡y•þyŠ

Gradually – slowly progressing Œ™#öìîû ™#öìîûéŠ


Exercise 1
1. Robinson Crusoe was shipwrecked in
a) 1659 þ b) 1559 ¨
c) 1359 ¨ d) 1959 ¨
2. Robinson Crusoe used canvas to make a
a) bed ¨ b) sail ¨
c) tent þ d) curtain ¨
3
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
3. The distance between the stakes Robinson Crusoe drove into the ground was
a) five inches ¨ b) seven inches ¨
c) four inches ¨ d) six inches þ
4. Crusoe saw some fair weather in the month of
a) December ¨ b) November þ
c) September ¨ d) October ¨
5. The journey homeward with the fruit parcel took Crusoe
a) five days ¨ b) ten days ¨
c) three days þ d) four days ¨
Exercise 2
l Answer the following questions within fifteen words : (1 Mark Each)
1. What name did Crusoe give to the dismal island?
Crusoe named the dismal island as Island of Despair.
2. Where did he pitch the tent?
He pitched the tent on a little plain land that he had found beside a hill.
3. How did Crusoe go over the fence?
Crusoe used a small ladder to go over the fence.
4. Why did keep a journal?
After surviving successfully quiet a long time in the island, Crusoe started taking his condition
seriously. So, in order to document his struggle and journey he thought out keeping a journal.
Exercise 3
l Answer the following questions within twenty five words: (1 Mark Each)
1. What were the items Robinson Crusoe collected from the wrecked ship?
Crusoe had swum to his wrecked ship to get a few things for his survival. He got some wood,
cable, string, a knife, nails, a gun, a hammock and some canvas. He had got some ink and
paper, some money as well.
2. How did Crusoe keep track of the number of days he spent on the island?
After Crusoe had spent ten or twelve days on the island, he realised that he would start
forgetting the dates and time. so, to keep a record of that he marked the date of his arrival on
a large post with knife. Thereafter, he started giving a notch for everyday that he spent on the
island.
3. In what way did Crusoe make himself a lamp?
Crusoe, not having a lamp with himself, tried to make one with a little tallow (animal fat), that he
had collected and a small clay dish. He had added a wick to it and was successful to make a lamp.

1. The story is written in
a) first person þ b) second person ¨
c) third person ¨ d) none of the above ¨
a) first person
2. After reaching on the island, at night, Crusoe slept on
a) a bed ¨ b) a wood ¨
c) the ground ¨ d) a tree þ
4
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
3. Among the goods that Crusoe was able to rescue from the ship, the thing that was useless
was-
a) hammock ¨ b) money þ
c) food ¨ d) gun ¨
4. To protect himself from unknown dangers, Crusoe, around the tent made a
a) fence þ b) wall ¨
c) lake ¨ d) boundary ¨
5. Crusoe had recovered from fever on
a) 30th June þ b) 30th July ¨
c) 30th September ¨ d) 15th July ¨
6. To made a particular survey of the island, Crusoe took
a) 1 week ¨ b) a day ¨
c) 3 weeks ¨ d) 3 days þ
7. To make the lamp, Crusoe had used
a) oil ¨ b) butter ¨
c) ghee ¨ d) animal fat þ
8. The poet had spent on the island without a lamp for
a) one week ¨ b) one day ¨
c) six months ¨ d) ten months þ

1. When did Robinson Crusoe’s ship get wrecked?
Robinson Crusoe’s ship got wrecked on 30th September, 1659.
2. How do we get to know about the shipwreck of Crusoe?
We get to know about Crusoe’s shipwreck from his journal which he had documented during
his stay in the island.
3. Why did Crusoe sleep on a tree?
Crusoe had slept on a tree because of the fear of the wild beasts.
4. Why did Crusoe fortify himself inside the island?
Crusoe did not know about the dangers of the island. There could be wild animals, insects or
dangerous strangers. So he needed to isolate himself to live peacefully and securely on that
barren island.
5. By when Crusoe had got security of food and shelter for himself?
Within a month, by the June of 1660, Crusoe had got security of food and shelter for himself.
l Answer the following questions within 30 words : (2 Marks Each)

1. Why did Crusoe call the island an “Island of Despair”?
Crusoe called the island as the “Island of Despair” because in a troublesome situation he had
landed on the unknown and barren island. He did not know how he would get food or shelter.
He had fear of the attack of wild beasts. It rained all nights as well.
2. What did Crusoe find from his wrecked ship?
Crusoe had swum to his wrecked ship to get a few things for his survival. He got some wood,
cable, string, a knife, nails, a gun, a hammock and some canvas. He had got some ink and
paper, some money as well.
3. How was Crusoe able to set up a tent?
Crusoe was able to set up a tent with the help of the hammock and canvas, he had rescued from
his wrecked ship.
5
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
4. Where did Crusoe set up his tent?

Crusoe discovered a plain land beside the hills. He found a hollow on the slope of the tree and
above that on the green plain, he had set up his tent.
5. How did Crusoe get security of food?
Crusoe was able to rescue a bag of corn, which was meant for poultry feed, but that was also
eaten away by the rats. So, he cleaned off the bag outside his tent. After a month, he observed
green sprouts coming out of the ground, which was of fresh barley. Thus, he had got security
of food.
6. How did Crusoe keep his belonging dry?
In the island, it used to rain very much. So, Crusoe had made a few wooden boxes to keep his
things dry from the rain.
7. Why did Crusoe not build his habitation in the place, where he would get better food?
After discovering a place with huge abundance of food, Crusoe was tempted to build his shelter
there. But he had a slight hope of being rescued till that moment. So, he preferred to keep his
tent near the coast only.
Grammar in Use
Exercise 4
l Underline the clauses in the following sentences and state what kind of clauses they are :
a) She asked me what my name was.
Noun clause
b) He is a friend who has always helped me.
Adjective clause
c) Please enter the room when you are asked to.
Adverbial clause
d) That he will win is known to us.
Noun clause
Exercise 5
l Identify the following sentences as simple, complex and compound :
a) They predicted that it would rain.
Complex sentence.
b) The weather being fine, the children went out to play.
Simple sentence.
c) Ravi woke up early but he could not reach school on time.
Compound sentence
d) Finishing his work, my father returned home.
Simple sentence
Exercise 6
l Do as directed :
a) Tatar hoped to do well in the examination. (Change into a complex sentence)
Tatar hoped that he would do well in the examination.
b) The headmistress arrived and the meeting began. (Change into a complex sentence)
The meeting began when the headmistress arrived.
c) Ayesha was surprised when she heard the news. (Change into a simple sentence)
Hearing the news Ayesha was surprised.
d) You must work hard to be successful in life. (Change into a compound sentence)
Work hard and you will be successful in life.
6
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
Textual Grammar
l Fill in the blanks with the appropriate articles and prepositions:
1. ___ September 30, 1659, I, miserable Robinson Crusoe, being shipwrecked during __ violent
storm, came ___ shore ___ this dismal island. I call it ___ Island ___ Despair. I was almost
dead and the rest __ my ship’s company was drowned. I had neither food, house nor clothes. I
feared I would be devoured __ wild beasts. When night came, I slept __ a tree __ fear ___ wild
creatures. It rained all night.
on, a, on, on, the, of, of, by, in, for, of
2. I also collected __ hammock and some canvas __ which I made __ tent. O got some ink and
paper. I also found some money, but they were useless __ me __ this barren island. I was some
hundred leagues __ __ __ ordinary course __ the trade __ mankind.
a, with, to, in, out, of, the, of, of
3. I cut the wood I collected, __ stakes. I drove them __ the ground __ a semi-circle ___ my tent.
The stakes stood six inches apart __ each other. I put the cables I had rescued ___ the ship ___
the stakes ___ the manner ___ a fence.
into, into, in, around, from, from, around, in, of
4. Among __ things I rescued __ the ship there was __small bag __ corns meant __ poultry feed.
Most __ it had been devoured __ rats. I saw nothing but husks and dusts __ the bag. I emptied
__ contents ___ my wall.
the, from, a, of, for, of, by, inside, the, outside
l Do as directed :
1. I call it the Island of Despair. (Make it a complex sentence)
I call it by a name, which is Island of Despair.
2. I had neither food, house nor clothes. (Turn it into a affirmative sentence)
I had a lacking of food, house and clothes.
3. I feared I would be devoured by wild beasts. (Turn it into a simple sentence)
I had a fear of being devoured by wild beasts.
4. It rained all night. (Use the noun form of ‘rain’)
The rain was continuing throughout the night.
5. The rain continues through the next day with gusts of wind. (Turn into a compound sentence)
The rain and the gusts of wind continued through the next day.
6. I searched long for a place of safe habitation. (Change the voice)
A place of safe habitation was searched long by me.
7. I used a short ladder to go over the fence. (Change the voice)
A short ladder was used by me to go over the fence.
8. Most of it had been devoured by rats. (Turn into an exclamatory sentence)
Alas! Most of it had been devoured by rats.
9. I saw nothing but husks and dusts in the bag. (Turn into a positive sentence)
I saw only husks and dusts in the bag.
10. The grapes were ripe and rich. (Use the noun forms of ‘ripe’ and ‘rich’)
There were ripeness and richness in the grapes.
7
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
11. I was tempted to transfer my habitation to this valley of fruits. (Turn into a complex sentence)
As I wanted to transfer my habitation to this valley of fruits, I was tempted.
12. Ten months has passed since I had set foot on this island. (Turn into a negative sentence)
Since ten months I had not set foot outside the island.
13. I decided to describe my state of affairs in writing. (turn into a complex sentence)
I decided that I would describe my state of affairs in writing.
WRITING Skills
Exercise 7

You had been ill for three days. Write a letter to the Headmaster/ Headmistress of your

school seeking leave of absence for those days.
To
The Headmaster
Tutopian High School
Kolkata – 700023
Sub: Seeking Leave of Absence
Sir,
I, Miran Chowdhury, a student of class 9, sec – B, of you school, am writing this letter to
inform you that I had been ill for past three days and could not attend the classes for the same
reason. I beg your pardon for not attending the classes. I was suffering from viral fever, for
which I have attached the doctor’s prescription with this letter. I would be highly obliged if
you kindly grant me the leave for three days.
Thanking you
Yours Sincerely
Sneha Chakraborty
Class-IX, Roll-15
Exercise 8
You want to visit a tourist spot during the Puja vacation. Write a letter within 100 words
to the manager of a hotel enquiring about the availability of rooms, cost involved and sites
to be seen.
To
The Manager
Hotel Taj
Pin 230441
Subject: Enquiry about the availability of rooms and other details
Sir,
I, Arun Ghosal from Kolkata, am writing this letter to enquire about a few things about your
hotel. I have planned a trip along with my family to Puri for 5 days. As per one of my friend’s
8
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
recommendation, I want to book two rooms at your hotel. I would be glad if you help me with
a few details, which I have listed below.
i. Will two rooms be vacant in your hotel?
ii. How much do the rooms cost for four days and a night?
iii. According to the location of your hotel which sights will be nearer to visit?
I will be eagerly waiting for your response.
Thanking You.
Yours Faithfully
Arun Ghosal
Arun Ghosal
35/3, Belghoria
Kol-700056

After reading this chapter, we realise the power of man’s will power and the wholesomeness
of nature. Without technological help who a person can survive a whole year. I a man wills,
nobody can stop or harm. It is the will power of a man that makes him do everything.
9
Hunting Snake
— Judith Wright
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
English| Chapter NameSnake
Hunting
Introduction

The poet is captivated by the beauty of a snake, which generally takes up an image of a
dangerous animal. The snake’s beauty evokes terror, as he is out in search of its prey, yet it
seems graceful. The attitude of the poet indicates a simple message. Although we should be
alert after seeing such a wild animal, but we should not attempt to kill it. These wild animals
are also a part of our biosphere and their life is precious as well. They are beautiful yet ferocious
creation of the same God who has made us as well.
îDyl%îy˜

†þ!î ~†þ!Øþ ¤yöìþ›îû ö¤ïr˜ëÅ ö˜öì‡ x!èþè)þ•þ ¥öìëû öˆöìSél– ëyöì†þ ¤y™yîû”•þ xyôîûy ~†þ!Øþ !îþ›Il†þ ²Ìy”# !¥öì¤öìî
ö˜!‡Ð ¤yþ›!Øþîû ö¤ïr˜ëÅ ôyl%öì£ìîû ôöìl !¢¥îû” ?yˆyëûÐ ë!˜G ö¤ !¢†þyöìîûîû ’þzöìjöì¢Ä ‰%öìîû öî’þüyöìFSé– •þî% •þyîû
ö¤ïr˜ëÅ xy†þ£ìÅ”#ëûÐ †þ!îîû x!èþîÄ!_« ~†þ!Øþ ¤y™yîû” îy•Åþy xyôyöì˜îû ö˜ëûÐ ë!˜G ~ôl ~†þ èþëû‚†þîû ²Ìy”#öì†þ ö˜öì‡
xyôyöì˜îû èþöìëûîû ’þzöìo†þ ¥ëû– •þî%G xyôyöì˜îû x†þyîûöì” •þyöì˜îû ²Ìy” ölGëû ’þz!‹þ•þ lëûÐ ~¥z îlÄ²Ìy”#=!¡G xyôyöì˜îû
²Ìy”#?ˆöì•þîû ~†þ x‚¢ ~î‚ ~öì˜îû ²Ìy”G ô)¡ÄîylÐ ~îûy ¤%r˜îû xí‹þ èþëû‚†þîû ²Ìy”#– ~†þ¥z èþˆîyöìlîû ¤,!ÜT– !ë!l
xyôyöì˜îû ¤,!ÜT †þöìîûöìSélÐ
ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Judith Wright was an Australian poet and environmentalist, who involved a message
concerning environment in many of his works. She was born on 31st May, 1915 and had died
on 25th June, 2000. She draws attention to rare many natural phenomena and depicts their
beauty. Some of her notable works are – 'The Moving Image', 'Woman to Man', The gateway
and many other. She had received the Australian National Living Treasure Award in 1998 for
her literary contributions.
SUMMARY
The poem is set in a pleasingly warm day of autumn. The poet was walking through a field
with someone. In the middle of their way, they were stopped by a dangerous snake, which
was gliding through the field making its way through grasses. Although dangerous, the body
of the snake was glazing in the sunlight like diamonds. The poet and his companion became
frozen being aware and conscious. The snake was fierce in its way of hunting. We know that
we should not make any move if a snake is passing by, otherwise it will attack us. The poet
has used two kinds of adjectives to describe the beauty of the snake, which are ‘splendid’ and
‘fierce’. After the snake had passed away, the poet and his companion went off as well.
¤yîûy‚¢

†þ!î•þy!Øþ ö¡‡y ¥öìëûöìSé ¢îûê†þyöì¡îû ~†þ ôöìlyîûô !˜öìlÐ †þ!î •„þyîû ¤D#öì˜îû ¤yöìí ~†þ ö‡öì•þîû ôyVþ‡yl !˜öìëû ö¥„öìØþ
‹þöì¡!Séöì¡lÐ þ›öìíîû ôyöìVþ ~†þ èþëû‚†þîû ¤yþ› ö˜öì‡ •þyîûy öíöìô ëyl– ëy öÇþöì•þîû ôyVþ‡yl !˜öìëû öîöìëû ëy!FSé¡Ð ë!˜G
èþëû‚†þîû– •þî%G ¤yöìþ›îû ˆyöìëû xyöì¡y þ›öì’þü !¥öìîûîû ôöì•þy ‹þô†þ !˜!FSé¡Ð ¤yþ›!Øþöì†þ ö˜öì‡ ö¡‡†þ G •þyîû î¦%þ èþöìëû G
¤•þ†Åþ•þyëû !ßiîû ¥öìëû ëylÐ ¤yþ›!Øþ èþëû‚†þîû èþyöìî •þyîû !¢†þyöìîûîû ¤¦þyl †þîû!Sé¡Ð xyôîûy ?y!l öë ¤yþ› ë‡l xyôyöì˜îû
þ›y¢ !˜öìëû ëyëû– xyôyöì˜îû ö†þyöìlyîû†þô l’þüy‹þ’þüy †þîûy ’þz!‹þê lyéÐ †þyîû” ö¤ xyôyöì˜îû xye«ô” †þîûöì•þ þ›yöìîûÐ †þ!î ˜%ó
™îûöìlîû !îöì¢£ì” îÄî¥yîû †þöìîûöìSél ¤yþ›!Øþöì†þ ¤!‘þ†þèþyöìî î”Åly †þîûyîû ?lÄ– ëy ¥¡ ò‹þôê†þyîûó ~î‚ òèþëûyî¥óÐ ¤yþ›!Øþ
‹þöì¡ ëyGëûyîû þ›îû †þ!î ~î‚ •þyîû ¤¥†þyîû# ¢y!hsýþ›)”Åèþyöìî ²Ìßiyl †þöìîûlÐ

Central idea of the poem
Judith Wright's actual intention behind this poem seems like, creating awareness among the
readers about the wild animals. We generally think that wild animals are always ready to
attack us, without any reason and so without thinking once, we kill them the moment we
see them. But we need to understand that the life of the wild animals is also important. They
are also a part of the animal kingdom on our earth, created by the same God who create us.
2
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
Hunting
Whenever we see a snake, generally we get scared and we try to kill that. We should consider
the fact that they play an importance role in our biosphere. If we kill them unreasonably, the
ecosystem might be disbalanced. If we have an eye to appreciate, we will be able to find out
beauty in the dangerous creature as well. May be after reading this poem, we will be able to
show compassion towards all the animals.
WORD-NEST
Sun – Warmed: pleasantly warm weather Œ’þz£kŠ
Grace – Beauty Œö¤ïr˜ëÅŠ
Gentlest – As soft as possible Œö†þyô¡•þôþŠ
Pace – Speed Œˆ!•þŠ
Reeling – Windingly moving Œ‰%îûþ›y†þ ‡yGëûyþŠ
Flickering – Shining unsteadily ŒVþ¡†þy!lŠ
Trail – A long thin line stretched behind Œö¡?Š
Quested – Search for something Œö‡„y? †þîûyŠ
Parting – To be divided Œèþyˆ ¥GëûyŠ
Glazed – Shine brightly Œ‹þ†þ‹þ†þ †þîûyŠ
Scale – Small, thin, horny and bony plates protecting the skin Œˆyöìëûîû x„y¢Š
Track – Path Œþ›íŠ
Fierce – Something which evokes terror Œèþëûyî¥Š
Intent – Motif of someone of something Œ’þzöìj¢ÄŠ
Scarcely – Hardly, in a very less amount ŒlyéŸé~îû îîûyîîûŠ
Splendid – Wonderful Œ¤%r˜îûŠ
Prey – The object of someone’s hunt Œ!¢†þyîûŠ

Exercise 1
1. The poet was sun-warmed under the gentlest sky of
a) summer ¨ b) winter ¨
c) autumn þ d) spring ¨
2. The colour of the snake was
a) black þ b) grey ¨
c) green ¨ d) yellow ¨
3. The tongue of the snake was
a) still ¨ b) flickering þ
c) dangling ¨ d) hanging ¨
4. The shape of the snake’s scale was like
a) star ¨ b) kite ¨
c) diamond þ d) pyramid ¨
5. According to the poet, the intent of the snake was
a) malicious ¨ b) greedy ¨
c) timid ¨ d) fierce þ
3
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
Hunting
6. The snake finally disappeared into the

a) sand ¨ b) grass þ
c) rock ¨ d) stream ¨
Exercise 2
l Answer the following questions within twenty-five words :
i. How did the snake appear as it was moving through the grass?
The snake looked glazing as the sunlight was flickering upon its diamond shaped scales on its
sleek body. It was searching for its prey.
ii. What did the poet and her companions do when the snake was gone?
The poet and his companions, who were holding their breath, released that in relief when the
snake passed them by and they went on.

1. The time of the year, the poet is speaking of, is –
a) summer ¨ b) winter ¨
c) autumn þ d) monsoon ¨
2. The sky in the autumn is –
a) wild ¨ b) stormy ¨
c) dark ¨ d) gentle þ
3. The poet was frozen in –
a) fear þ b) cold ¨
c) beauty ¨ d) awkwardness ¨
4. The snake was in the field to –
a) enjoy the weather ¨ b) go to his home ¨
c) search for his prey þ d) enjoy the sun ¨
c) search for his prey
5. The poet found the snake –
a) graceful þ b) filthy ¨
c) nasty ¨ d) pitiful ¨
6. Which of the below mentioned adjective was not used to describe the snake –
a) fierce ¨ b) horrible þ
c) splendid ¨ d) dark ¨
l Answer the following questions in one sentence: (1 Mark Each)

1. Why did the poet stop in the middle of his walk?
The poet saw a snake gliding through the field, 50, stopped in the middle of his walk.
2. How did the snake look?
The snake was black in colour, cold yet graceful.
3. Where did the poet see the snake?
The poet saw the snake in the field, amid the grass.
4. What was the snake up to?
The snake was out to search for his food.
5. When did the poet feel relaxed?
As the snake passed by, the poet felt relaxed.
4
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
Hunting
l Answer the following questions briefly:

1. Describe the poet’s reaction after he saw the snake.
The poet and his companion or companions were moving through a field, while they came
across a wild snake. Their breath was stopped after seeing the beautiful yet dangerous creature.
They could not move or think about anything else but only saw its movement until it was gone.
The poet was captivated by the beauty and charm of the snake. So he was unmoved. Also to be
safe, he did not dare to move.
Grammar in Use
Exercise 3
l Rewrite the following sentences as directed:
a) How happy we are here! (Change into an assertive sentence)
We are very happy here.
b) Everybody knows the name of Tagore. (Change into an interrogative sentence)
Who does not know the name of Tagore?
c) The painting is very beautiful. (Change into an exclamatory sentence)
What a beautiful painting it is!
d) Can we ever forget our childhood days? (Change into an assertive sentence)
It is impossible to forget our childhood days.
Exercise 4
l Rewrite the following sentences as directed :
a) We are proud of our heritage. (Use the noun form of ‘proud’)
We take pride on our heritage.
b) We should have sympathy for the poor. (Use the adjective form of ‘sympathy’)
We should be sympathetic to the poor.
c) His success was due to his labour. (Use the verb form of ‘labour’)
As he had laboured, he got his success.
d) The song of the nightingale is very sweet. (Use the adverb form of ‘sweet’)
The nightingale sings very sweetly.
Textual Grammar
l Do as directed :
1. Sun-warmed in the late season’s grace under the autumn’s gentlest sky we walked and froze
half-through a pace. (Split into simple sentences)
a) We walked.
b) We had been frozen half-through a pace.
c) The sky was very gentle in autumn.
d) The sun was warm in the late season.
e) The season was graceful.
2. He quested through the parting grass. (Use the noun form of ‘quested’)
His quest was through the parting grass.
3. Sun glazed his curves of diamond scale. (Change the voice)
His curves of diamond scale were glazed by Sun.
4. We lost breath to see him pass. (Turn this sentence into a complex sentence)
As we saw him pass, we had lost our breath.
5. He was gone into the grass that hid his prey. (Make it a simple sentence)
He was gone into the grass, hiding his prey.
6. We took a deeper breath of day, looked at each other and went on. (Turn into a simple sentence)
Taking a deeper breath of day, we went on, looking at each other.
5
Class-10
class iX| Bengali
Hunting
WRITING Skills
Exercise 5
l Write a Newspaper Report within 100 words on a Boat Capsize. Use the following hints :
Place – date – number of people in the boat – cause – casualties – rescue operations – steps
taken by the Government
Boat capsized in the Ganges
— By a Staff Reporter
Kolkata, 23 June, 2019 : A horrible incident took place yesterday abreast river Ganges in
broad day light. Due to a boat capsize, two people had died and one was seriously injured.
Around 12 PM yesterday a boat was returning through Ganges after fishing and suddenly
it collided with a launch. The boat turned upside down and all the loads on it had also gone
inside the water. There were three people on the boat, among whom was a fourteen year old
boy. The young boy had gone for fishing with his uncle and another one was the boatman. The
boatman was saved but injured. Other two people had died on spot. Police was able to rescue
the dead bodies and the boatman was sent to the state hospital.
The family of the affected people was notified about it and the Chief Minister had promised to
take some quick action for the damage control of the family.
Exercise 6
l Write a summary of the following passage within 100 words :
Where and how should children learn values? We know that they need to learn them because
values from the beliefs and attitudes that will determine how they live their lives and function
in society. To function effectively in society, children need to be taught how to be honest,
kind, courteous and considerate. Any society that does not teach children these values would
soon fall apart. Similarly, one would expect a nation to be made up of citizens who know how
to respect other people and their property. These citizens should also understand the value
of humility and self-control. They should appreciate courage and be willing to care of those
weaker than themselves. Any nation whose citizens do not practice these values would soon
become a nation not worth living in. teaching these values to children cannot be delayed.
This is because, unlike young animals, whose instincts are often highly developed at birth,
human babies are totally dependent. Human beings have emotional needs, desires, thoughts
and feelings which determine action. This is precisely why they must learn values, not just
survival skills as do animals. These values will help control the natural responses that result
from satisfying purely selfish needs and desires. (202 words)
Children must learn values for the sake of their nation and themselves. Values determine one's
lifestyle and behaviour. A good citizen knows self-control and values the strong and the weak
equally. So, children who are our future citizens must be taught to be honest, kind and well-
mannered. They should be humble and respectful to others. Lack of values among citizen can
only make a nation worth not living in. Human beings, unlike other animals need be taught
values at a young age to control their emotion and to make a successful state.

The poet has shown a dangerous creature from a beautiful point of view. We often forget to
see wild animals with the eye of compassion while protecting ourselves, even if the animals
have not done any harm to us. Like this many innocent animals die and become extinct. So,
the poet gives a thoughtful message to save and love all animals equally.
6
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
ENGLISH GRAMMAR
CLASS- IX
1
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
SENTENCE
Œîy†þÄŠ
2
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
When we speak or write, we use words. A sentence is a set of words expressing a statement,
question or an order, usually containing a subject or a verb.

îy†þÄ ¥¡ !†þS%é xíÅþ›)”Å îyöì†þÄîû ¤ô!ÜT– ëy ö†þyöìly !†þS%é î”Åly †þîûöì•þ– !?Kþy¤y †þîûöì•þ– xyöì˜¢ †þîûöì•þ îy !î!èþ§¬ îû†þô
ôöìlîû èþyî ²Ì†þy¢ †þîûöì•þ ¤y¥yëÄ †þöìîûÐ
Characteristics of a correct sentence :
A major sentence should always contain a finite verb. (¤ôy!þ›†þy !e«ëûy)
Example: The boy was playing football. (correct)
Rita singing in the afternoon. (incorrect)
A minor sentence may not have finite verb, but it should have certain meaning.
Example: “No.” “Yes”
(These minor sentences may be used in dialogue, advertisement, exclamation etc. these replace
a major sentence.)
The set of words should have a certain meaning.
Example: I tomorrow park. (incorrect)
I will go to park tomorrow. (correct)
It can have one clause or more than one clauses.
Example: Rahul has a meeting to attend. (correct)
It is said that they are best friends. (correct)
A simple sentence has two parts, - i) subject (’þzöìj¢Ä) and ii) predicate. (!îöì™ëû)
 Subject : The part which names the person or things we are speaking about is called the subject
of the sentence. þöë îÄ!_« îy îéÝ îyöì†þÄ ô)¡ †þy? †þöìîû– îy •þyîû ¤Áºöì¦þ !†þS%é î¡y ¥ëû– •þyöì†þ ’þzöìj¢Ä î¡y ¥ëûÐ
Example: Humpty Dumpty sat on a wall.
þ Predicate : The part which comments about the subject is called predicate. îyöì†þÄîû öë x‚¢
’þzöìj¢Ä ¤Áºöì¦þ !†þS%é îöì¡– •þyöì†þ !îöì™ëû î¡y ¥ëûÐ
Example: He travels by bus.
SENTENCE (îy†þÄ) SUBJECT (’þzöìj¢Ä) PREDICATE (!îöì™ëû)

The sun rises in the east. The sun rises in the east.
They are coming. They are coming.
The sick room is empty. The sick room is empty.
The best physician is nature. The best physician is nature.
Do you know?
 Subject does not only sit in front of the sentence. If can also sit at the latter part.
’þzöìj¢Ä þ›˜ îyöì†þÄ öëéŸéö†þyöìly ?yëûˆyëû î¤öì•þ þ›yöìîûÐ
Example: Here comes the bus.
 In imperative sentence and in a few other cases subject can remain silent.
!†þS%é !†þS%é öÇþöìe ’þzöìj¢Ä ’þz¥Ä íyöì†þÐ
Example : give me a glass of water. (‘you’ is silent here.)
~¥z ™îûöìlîû îyöì†þÄîû öÇþöìe ‘You’ ¥¡ Subject îy ’þzöìj¢Ä ~î‚ ‘give me a glass of water’ ¥¡éŸŸŸé Predicate îy
!îöì™ëûÐþ
 If the word ‘there’ is sitting in front of any sentence, you might get confused about the subject.
But, ‘there’ is not considered as a subject. The noun or pronoun it refers to, is the subject of
the sentence.
(1) ë!˜ ö†þyöìly Sentence-~îû ¤yôöìl ‘there’ îöì¤ •þyîû ôyöìl ‘there’ †þ‡öìly¥z Subject ¥öìî lyÐ G¥z Sentence-
~îû ôöì™Ä öë Noun îy Pronoun íyöì†þ ö¤Øþy¥z Subject !¥öì¤öìî †þy? †þöìîûÐ
3
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
(2) ~¥z ™îûöìlîû îyöì†þÄîû ˆ‘þlöì†þ ‘expletive construction’ îöì¡Ð This is called an expletive construction.

Example— There are two cats and dogs in that house.

- The subject is the above sentence is ‘two cats and dogs’.
EXERCISE - 1
1. Identify the subject and predicate of the following sentences and write them separately in
the following boxes.
a) We are going to Russia for a trip.
b) Sunita and her cousins are going to the picnic.
c) Puffy jumps over the fence everyday.
d) My sister loves to eat pizza and coke.
e) My family’s new car is white in colour.
f) In history class we were discussing about the World War II.
g) Did Rabindranath Tagore write Kabuliwala?
h) Tonight we can be awake to catch the thief.
i) Three weird looking witches were boiling something in the cauldron.
j) The thing that bothers me is a lie.
k) The secret of the five friends were kept as a secret.
l) The principal’s office is closed.
m) There are four people in our group.
n) There is a tree near his house.
o) Rima and Rita are making delicious food for today’s evening.
SUBJECT PREDICATE
a) We a) are going to Russia for a trip.
b) Sunita and her cousins b) are going to the picnic.
c) Puffy c) jumps over the fence everyday.
d) My sister d) loves to eat pizza and coke.
e) My family’s new car e) is white in colour.
f) we f) In history class, were discussing about the
World War II.
g) Rabindranath Tagore g) Did , write Kabuliwala?
h) we h) Tonight, can be awake to catch the thief.
i) Three weird looking witches i) were boiling something in the cauldron.
j) a lie j) The thing that bothers me is
k) The secret of the five friends k) were kept as a secret
l) The principal’s office l) is closed
m) four people m) in our group.
n) a tree n) There is, near his house.
o) Rima and Rita o) are making delicious food for today’s
evening.
4
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
2. Supply suitable subject or predicate to the following sentences:

a) was walking in the park in the evening.
b) cooks delicious food.
c) and go hand in hand.
d) If want success, must work hard.
e) The matter of concern was .
f) What he loves to do is, .
g) has ruined due to lack of maintenance.
h) All the children of our class .
a) My mother
b) The chef
c) Honesty and reward
d) You, you
e) The growing poverty in the country
f) to paint
g) The school building
h) is making noise
5
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
KINDS OF SENTENCES
Œîyöì†þÄîû ™îûl îy îû*þ›Š
6
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
We know that a set of meaningful words, sitting together forms a meaningful sentence.

éxyéôéîûéy é?éyé!él †þ•þ=öì¡y xíÅë%_« îy†þÄ þ›y¢yþ›y!¢ îöì¤ ë‡l ¤Á›)”Å ôöìlîû èþyî ²Ì†þy¢ †þöìîû •þ‡l ö¤Øþy ~†þØþy
xíÅë%_« îy†þÄ ¥öìëû íyöì†þÐ
A sentence is the medium through which we express our mind. Now, expression can be of
several types. Sentence has several functions as well.
îy†þÄ ¥¡ ~†þØþy ôy™Äô ëyîû myîûy xyôîûy xyôyöì˜îû ôöìlîû èþyî ²Ì†þy¢ †þöìîû íy!†þÐ ôöìlîû èþyî !î!èþ§¬ ™îûöìlîû ¥ëûÐ
ö¤¥z xl%ëyëû# xyôîûy îy†þÄöì†þ !î!èþ§¬ èþyöìˆ èþyˆ †þîûöì•þ þ›y!îûÐ
Keeping everything in mind, we can classify sentences into several categories. They are–
Sentences
According to According to
Function Structure
Assertive Simple
Interrogative Compound
Imperative Complex
Exclamatory
Assertive Sentence (î”Ålyô)¡†þ îy†þÄ) : A sentences that makes a statement or assertion is called
an assertive or declarative sentence. It can be positive and negative both. öë îyöì†þÄîû myîûy ö†þyöìly
‰Øþlyîû ²Ì†þy¢ ‰öìØþ •þyöì†þ î”Ålyô)¡†þ îy†þÄ îöì¡Ð ~!Øþ ¥z!•þîy‹þ†þ ~î‚ öl!•þîy‹þ†þ ’þzèþëû¥z ¥ëûÐ
Example: i) Dhriti loves rock climbing.
ii) Hari does not know the way to the school.
Interrogative Sentence (²ÌÙÀöìîy™†þ îy†þÄ) : A sentence that asks question is called an interrogative
sentence. ~¥z îyöì†þÄîû myîûy ²ÌÙÀ !?Kþy¤y †þîûy ¥ëûÐ
Example: i) How are you?
ii) Have you visited the fair?
Imperative Sentence (xl%Kþy¤)‹þ†þ îy†þÄ) : The sentence which is used to convey a command,
a request, or an order is called an imperative sentence. ~¥z îyöì†þÄîû myîûy xyöì˜¢– ’þzþ›öì˜¢– xl%öìîûy™
¥z•þÄy!˜ ²Ì†þy¢ †þîûy ¥ëûÐ
Example: i) Bring me a glass of water.
ii) Please open the door quickly.
Exclamatory Sentence (!îß¿ëû¤)‹þ†þ îy†þÄ) : A sentence that makes a statement that conveys
strong emotion or excitement is called an exclamatory sentence. ~¥z îyöì†þÄîû myîûy !îß¿ëû ²Ì†þy¢
†þîûy ¥ëûÐ
Example: i) How big you have grown!
ii) Oh! You are so nice.
7
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
Sentences can be categorised further into two types—

 Positive or Affirmative Sentence (þ¥z!•þîy‹þ†þ îy†þÄ) , which agrees to the content of
the sentence.
 Negative Sentence (öl!•þîy‹þ†þ îy†þÄ), which rejects or claims the content of the
sentence to be false.
In this sentence, we use no, not, never, nothing, no one, none, neither, nor, and
many other negative words.

We will know about Simple, Complex and Compound Sentence later on.

EXERCISE - 1
1. Identify whether the following sentences are Assertive, Interrogative, Imperative or Exclamatory.
a) Please sit down.
b) What would you like to have in dinner?
c) The stars are shining brightly today.
d) Rai, you should not make mistakes further.
e) What is the time now?
f) Cairo is the capital of Egypt.
g) How terrible the night is!
h) Prativa Patil was the first woman President in India.
i) Who was the first Woman to go to space?
j) Ah! What a lovely scene.
a) Imperative Sentence
b) Interrogative Sentence
c) Assertive Sentence
d) Imperative Sentence
e) Interrogative Sentence
f) Assertive Sentence
g) Exclamatory Sentence
h) Assertive Sentence
i) Interrogative Sentence
j) Exclamatory Sentence
lChange the Affirmative Sentences into Negative Sentences :

A few rules are to be considered to change the affirmative sentences into negative sentences
and vice versa –
ü We have to add negative words into sentences to make it negative from affirmative.
~†þ!Øþ îy†þÄöì†þ öl!•þîy‹þ†þ îylyöìlyîû ?lÄ öl!•þîy‹þ†þ ¢· îÄî¥yîû †þîûy ¥ëûÐ
ü We may change the meanings of the sentences or keep the meaning intact while changing.
îyöì†þÄîû xíÅ î˜¡yöìlyG ¤½þî xyîyîû ly î˜¡yöìlyG ¤½þîÐ
ü If we are changing a sentence from assertive to negative or vice versa, without changing the
meaning we must introduce an opposite word of any adjective or adverb of the sentence along
with adding a negative word.
ë!˜ xyôîûy îyöì†þÄîû xíÅ þ›!îûî•Åþl ly †þöìîû îyöì†þÄîû îû*þ›yhsýîû †þ!îû– xyôyöì˜îû ~†þ!Øþ !îþ›îû#•þ ¢· îyöì†þÄ xylöì•þ ¥ëûÐ
Example: I was present in the class yesterday. (Affirmative Sentence)
I was not absent in the class yesterday (Negative Sentence)
8
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
In the above mentioned sentence, we have introduced ‘not’ as a negative word and also have
supplied an opposite word ‘absent’ of the adjective ‘present’ to make the sentence negative
without changing its meaning.
ü In assertive sentences, negative words like, no, not is introduced after the verb of the sentence.
Formation : [ subject + be verb + negative word + main verb + object]
Example : Saina does not eat non-vegetarian food.
ü In interrogative sentences negative words sit after be verb only.
²ÌÙÀöìîy™†þ îyöì†þÄîû öl!•þîy‹þ†þ ¢· Ö™%ôye !e«ëûyþ›öì˜îû þ›îû¥z îöì¤Ð
Formation: [wh-word + be verb + negative word+ subject + main verb+ object?]
Example: Why will not you come today?
Formation: [be verb + negative word + subject + main verb + object?]
Example: Are not you coming tomorrow?
ü In imperative sentences negative words sit after the be verb.
xl%Kþy¤)‹þ†þ îyöì†þÄ öl!•þîy‹þ†þ ¢· !e«ëûyþ›öì˜îû þ›öìîû¥z îöì¤Ð
Formation: [be verb + negative word + main verb + object ]
Example : Do not bring mobile phone in class.
Examples of Affirmative to Negative Sentences by changing the meaning of the sentences.

Affirmative Sentence (¥z!•þîy‹þ†þ îy†þÄ) Negative Sentence (öl!•þîy‹þ†þ îy†þÄ)
I am going to the market this evening. I am not going to the market this evening.
Rima was sure of the fact. Rima was not sure of the fact.
Bring the textbook tomorrow in the class. Do not bring the textbook tomorrow in the
class.
Will you say the truth? Will you not say the truth?
How splendid was the performance! It was not a splendid performance.
Examples of Affirmative to Negative sentences without changing the meaning of the sentences.
Affirmative Sentence (¥z!•þîy‹þ†þ îy†þÄ) Negative Sentence (öl!•þîy‹þ†þ îy†þÄ)
He always speaks the truth. He never speaks a lie.
She is very brave. She is not a coward.
Ratul will speak out whatever is there in his Ratul will not keep anything inside his mind.
mind.
The road is winding. The road is not shaved.
He has little faith in god. He does not believe in god.
EXERCISE - 2
1. Change the Affirmative Sentences into Negative Sentence and Vice Versa, without changing
the meaning :
a) Sahib is the smartest boy of our class.
b) Shweta is too weak to walk today.
c) I am not sure about the conformity of the fact.
d) Sunita has not arrived yet.
e) Can you touch the sky?
f) There can be no smoke without fire.
a) No other boy in our class is as smart as Sahib.
b) Shweta is so weak today that she cannot walk today.
9
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
c) I am unsure about the conformity of the fact.

d) Sunita is yet to arrive.
e) Can you not leave the sky untouched?
f) There is a smoke if only there is a fire.
2. Change the Assertive Sentences into Interrogative Sentence and Vice Versa:
a) The troop is travelling to Paris.
b) Riyama and her brother are going to arrange the party today.
c) Will you come tomorrow for the final match?
d) Who does not want India to win the World Cup?
e) Alipur has several interesting places to visit.
f) There are wonderful sculptures in India.
g) What is the use of this man here?
h) Autumn is considered as the season of fall.
a) Is the troop not travelling to Paris?
b) Are Riyama and her Brother not going to arrange the party?
c) You will not come tomorrow for the final match.
d) Nobody wants India to lose the World Cup final.
e) Has Alipur not several interesting places to visit?
f) Are not there wonderful sculptures in India?
g) There is no use of this man here.
h) Is not autumn considered as the season of fall?
3. Change the following sentences from Assertive to Imperative and Vice Versa :
a) What a terrible band of robbers was it!
b) It is a great recipe to cook for dinner.
c) Oh! What a great victory India had in 1983.
d) He is a great magician with the finest skills.
e) Ah! What a great loss it is to lose a leader like him.
f) Congratulation! You all have done so well in the examination.
a) It was a terrible band of robbers.
b) Wow! What a lovely recipe it is to cook for dinner.
c) India had a great victory in 1983.
d) What a great magician is he, with the finest skills.
e) It is a great loss to lose a leader like him.
f) It is a matter of great appreciation to have done so well in the examination.
10
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
PARTS OF SPEECH
Œîyöì†þÄîû !î!èþ§¬ x‚¢Š
11
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
“The boy yelled, “Help!” and he saw a brave dog, quickly run to the rescue.
You can see a sentence quoted above. This sentence is constructed with fifteen meaningful
words. Every word in the sentence has certain purpose to serve. All of these words are called
parts of speech. These meaningful parts altogether forms a speech and makes a particular
meaning.
ö˜öì‡y Gþ›öìîûîû ~¥z îy†þÄØþyöì•þ þ›öìlöìîûyØþy ¢· îûöìëûöìSéÐ ~¥z ¢·=öì¡yîû ²Ìöì•þÄöì†þîû !l?ßº ’þzöìj¢Ä îûöìëûöìSéÐ ²Ì!•þØþy
¢·¥z ¥¡ îyöì†þÄîû ~î‚ ~†þØþy x‚¢ ~èþyöìî¥z xíÅë%_« ¢·=öì¡yöì†þ þ›y¢yþ›y!¢ î!¤öìëû ~†þØþy •þyêþ›ëÅþ›)”Å îy†þÄ ˆ‘þl
†þîûy ¥ëûÐ
DEFINITION OF PARTS OF SPEECH

Words are divided into different kinds or classes, according to their use or how they work in a
sentence. Those are called Parts of Speech.
Speech †þíyîû xíÅ ¥¡ îy†þÄ, Part †þíyîû xíÅ ¥¡ x‚¢Ð Parts of Speech †þíyîû xíÅ ¥¡ îyöì†þÄîû !î!èþ§¬ x‚¢Ð
~¥z !î!èþ§¬ x‚öì¢îû †þy?G !î!èþ§¬ îû†þôÐ
Every sentence you write or speak in English includes words that fall into some of the eight
parts of speech. These include — Noun, Pronoun, Adjective, Verb, Adverb, Preposition,
Conjunction and Interjection. Some include articles also, as a part of speech.
Below is a chart given for you for better understanding of the parts of speech in sentences and
their uses.
PARTS OF SPEECH FUNCTION EXAMPLE
NOUN It names persons, things, places,  Raktim plays football very well.
(!îöì¢£ìÄ) materials and abstract ideas.  We are planning a trip to Digha
~!Øþ ö†þyöìly îÄ!_«– îéÝ îy ?yëûˆyîû by bus.
lyô öîyVþyëûÐ  He does not have fear of
anything.
PRONOUN It replaces a noun where it is  He is as tall as his brother.
(¤îÅlyô) required.  It does not make any sense.
~!Øþ !îöì¢£ìÄ þ›öì˜îû þ›!îûîöì•Åþ îöì¤Ð  They are blaming themselves.
ADJECTIVE It describes a noun or pronoun.  The lady is wearing a blue
(!îöì¢£ì”) It can also describe its quantity. saree with looks very pretty.
~!Øþ !îöì¢£ìÄ þ›˜ G ¤îÅlyöìôîû ö˜y£ì–  We need brave leaders like
=”– xîßiy– ¤‚‡Äy ¥z•þÄy!˜ öîyVþyëûÐ Netaji.
 There are two benches in the
new park.
VERB It describes the action of a  Children are playing in the
(!e«ëûy) sentence. It was also help to park.
complete the meaning of a  Being worried she ran into the
sentence. room.
ö†þyöìly îyöì†þÄîû !e«ëûy öîyVþyëûÐ  They are preparing to go to
the event.
ADVERB It describes a verb, an adjec-  The athlete runs very fast.
(!e«ëûy !îöì¢£ì”) tive and another adverb of a  They will arrive now.
sentence.  They come here everyday.
þ~!Øþ !e«ëûyîû ßiyl– †þy¡ îy ™îûl
öîyVþyëûÐ
12
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
PARTS OF SPEECH FUNCTION EXAMPLE

PREPOSITION It builds a relationship between  His leaning against the wall.
(!îèþ!_«) the subject and the object of the  The bridge is over the river.
sentence. It always sits before a  We go to school everyday by
noun. bus in the morning.
~!Øþ ˜%!Øþ !îöì¢£ìÄ þ›öì˜îû ?yëûˆy– ˆ!•þ–
¤ôëû ¥z•þÄy!˜ î%!Vþöìëû ˜%!Øþ þ›öì˜îû ôöì™Ä
öëyˆyöìëyˆ ßiyþ›l †þöìîûÐ
CONJUNCTION It is used to join two or more  Rima, Tina and Ruma are par-
(¤‚öìëy?†þ) words or two or more sentences. ticipating in the race.
˜%!Øþ îy†þÄ îy ¢· ?%’þüöì•þ ¤y¥yëÄ †þöìîûÐ  Neither the students nor the
parents complained against
him.
 If you work hard, you will be
rewarded.
INTERJECTION It is used to express feelings like  Alas! We lost him.
(!îß¿ëû¤)‹þ†þ ¢·) wonder, happiness, grief, anger  Hurray! We will bear out the
and so on. trophy.
~!Øþ ö†þyöìly xl%è)þ!•þîû ²Ì†þy¢ †þîûöì•þ  Wow! What a lovely perfor-
¤y¥yëÄ †þöìîûÐ mance it is.
EXERCISE
1. Identify the parts of speech of the underlined words from the following sentences:
a) Don’t go unless you are asked.
b) I was surprised when I heard the news.
c) It doesn’t rain here in winter.
d) We will always remember your advice.
e) The application was rejected.
f) We should respect our elders.
g) We realised that hard work can bring success.
h) Look! He is running after the bus.
i) She was laid down with fever.
j) Your sister is cleverer than Meena.
k) They are very particular about their dress.
l) Kindly grant him a day’s leave.
m) It grows slowly.
n) Where did Swamiji stay?
o) A man getting into the apartment stammered an apology.
1. a) unless– Conjunction
b) surprised– Adjective
c) rain– Verb
d) always – Adverb ; advice – Noun
e) application– Noun
f) our – Pronoun ; elders – Noun
g) realised – Verb; success – Noun
13
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
h) Look – Interjection ; after – Preposition

i) down – Preposition ; fever – Noun
j) cleverer – Adjective
k) particular – Adjective ; dress – Noun
l) grant – Verb
m) slowly – Adverb
n) Swamiji – Noun
o) apartment – Noun ; apology – Noun
2. Change the underlined parts of speech as directed and rewrite the sentence :
a) Mr. Smith rejected the proposal. (Change the underlined word into a ‘Verb’ and Rewrite the
sentence)
Mr. Smith rejected what was proposed to him.
b) I could not attend the meeting as I was ill. (Change the underlined word into a ‘Noun’ and
Rewrite the sentence)
I could not attend the meeting because of my illness.
c) The weather being warm, we felt uncomfortable. (Change the underlined word into a ‘Noun’
and Rewrite the sentence)
The warmth of the weather made us feel uncomfortable.
d) You friend succeeded in his plan. (Change the underlined word into an ‘Adjective’ and
Your friend was successful in his plan.
e) The winter will arrive in December. (Change the underlined word into an ‘Noun’ and
The arrival of winter is in December.
f) They started their work at night slowly. (Change the underlined word into an ‘Adjective’ and
They started their work at night at slow peck.
g) Respect your elders. (Change the underlined word into an ‘Adjective’ and Rewrite the sentence)
You elders should be respected.
h) She worls diligently. (Change the underlined word into a ‘Noun’ and Rewrite the sentence)
She worls with diligence.
i) She works diligently. (Change the underlined word into an ‘Adjective’ and Rewrite the sentence)
She works in a diligent manner.
j) She will win the match, it was obvious. (Change the underlined word into an ‘Adverb’ and
Obviously, She will win the match.
k) The structure of the monster was fearful. (Change the underlined word into an ‘Verb’ and
The structure of the monster feared everyone.
l) The sister used to speak to everyone very lovingly. (Change the underlined word into a
‘Noun’ and Rewrite the sentence)
The sister used to speak to everyone with love.
14
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
NOUN
Œ!îöì¢£ìÄ þ›˜Š
15
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
DEFINITION OF NOUN
A noun is a word used as the name of a person, place, thing or an abstract idea.
öë þ›öì˜îû myîûy ö†þyöìly îÄ!_«– îéÝ– ?yëûˆy îy xl%è)þ!•þîû lyô öîyVþyöìly ¥ëû– •þyöì†þ Noun îy !îöì¢£ìÄ þ›˜ îöì¡Ð
CLASSIFICATION OF NOUN
Noun can be classified into various categories, which are –
NOUN
PROPER COMMON COLLECTIVE ABSTRACT

NOUN NOUN NOUN NOUN
PROPER NOUN :
Proper Noun identifies a single identity. It denotes a particular person, place or thing.
öë þ›öì˜îû myîûy ö†þyöìly !l!˜ÅÜT îÄ!_«– ßiyl îy îéÝöì†þ öîyVþyëû– •þyöì†þ Proper Noun îöì¡Ð
Example :
Royal Bengal tiger is found in Sundarban.
Here, the Royal Bengal Tiger and Sundarban are particular things.
Roni will win the match.
Tajmahal is in Agra.
Roni, Tajmahal and Agra can be only one in number on this earth.
COMMON NOUN :
A Common Noun is the generic name for a person, place or thing in a class or a group.
öë þ›öì˜îû myîûy ö†þyöìly !l!˜ÅÜT lyöìôîû î˜öì¡ ö†þyöìly ?y!•þ îy öˆyÛþ#îû lyô öîyVþyöìly ¥ëû– •þyöì†þ Common Noun îöì¡Ð
Example :
Pavan is an intelligent boy.
My favourite newspaper is the Statesman.
Mr. Pundit is a great lawyer.
The highlighted words in the above lines are common nouns.
Let’s see, how many Proper and Common Nouns we can find in the sentences below :
SENTENCES PROPER NOUNS COMMON NOUNS
a) Saina Nehwal is a famous Saina Nehwal badminton player
badminton player.
b) World’s fastest metro Maglev, China metro system, world
system, the Maglev runs in
China.
c) Nitin is the most intelli- Nitin boy, school
gent boy of our school.
d) He was born in England, England, Indian mother
though his mother in Indian.
e) Thomas Alva Edison was Thomas Alva Edison, scientist, electric bulb
a scientist who invented
electric bulb.
16
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
COLLECTIVE NOUN :
A Collective Noun is a word or phrase that refers to a group of people or things as one entity.
It represents more than one person or thing in a class.
öë þ›öì˜îû myîû ö†þyöìly îÄ!_« îy îéÝîû ¤ô!ÜTîû †þíy î¡y ¥ëû– •þyöì†þ Collective Noun îöì¡Ð
Example :
A herd of sheep is grazing.
She was gifted a bunch of flowers on her birthday.
A choir of singers is performing tonight.
Let’s see a few more examples of Collective Nouns in the chart below :

PEOPLE ANIMAL THINGS
A gang of prisoners A sloth of bears A bale of cotton
A patrol of police A swarm of bees A basket of fruits
A class of students A haul of fish A bunch of crocks
A party of friends A gaggle of geese A catalogue of prices
A regiment of soldiers An army of ants A fleet of ships
A team of players A nest of mice A quiver of arrows
A tribe of natives A drove of horses A bouquets of flowers
A troop of scouts A string of pearls A sheaf of grain
A bevy of ladies A kindle of kittens A chest of drawers
A caravans of gypsies A zoo of animals A block of flats
A company of actors A flock of sheep A range of mountains
A crew of sailors A pack of hounds A cloud of dust
ABSTRACT NOUN :
A noun denoting an idea , quality or state rather than a concrete object is called abstract noun.
You cannot sense the factors by your five senses that abstract noun includes.
öë þ›öì˜îû myîûy ö†þyöìly xl%è)þ!•þîû lyô ²Ì†þy¢ †þîûy ¥ëû– •þyöì†þ Abstract Noun îöì¡Ð
Example :
Life is a concoction of happiness and sorrow.
Independence of thought is one of the basic rights of human being.
There is no pleasure in hurting others.
Maturity comes with experience.
The highlighted words in the sentences above are Abstract Nouns.
EXERCISE - 1
1. Find out the Nouns from the sentences below and classify them into Proper Noun,
Common Noun, Abstract Noun or Collective Noun:
a) Speaking the truth will enhance your quality.
b) Nutritious food gives us strength.
c) The class is making terrible noise.
17
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
d) Honest people get the best reward.

e) We must use this time wisely.
f) The team did a great job on stage.
g) The room is full with idiots.
h) The boy gifted a bunch of flowers to his teacher.
i) Wisdom is better than wealth.
j) John loves to take care of his pets.
k) We are going to Digha on a trip.
l) The group of singers are travelling from place to place for their concerts.
m) Camlina is a great company for stationary items.
n) This is the best book as a guide for the students.
o) Mr. Rohit is a physician, who is loved by all for his kindness.
p) The swarm of bees attacked everyone, who tried to break down their hive.
q) The Forest Control department has taken serious step to check the health of the wild animals.
r) Honesty is the best policy.
s) Mr. Smita Das is a great teacher and many had admiration for her.
t) One should walk on the path of non-violence, if they want to achieve anything.
a) truth – Abstract Noun
b) food – Common Noun ; strength – Abstract Noun
c) class – Collective Noun ; noise – Common Noun
d) people – Collective Noun ; reward – Common Noun
e) time – Common Noun
f) team – Collective Noun ; stage – Common Noun
g) room, idiot – Common Nouns
h) bunch – Collective Noun ; teacher – Common Noun
i) wisdom, wealth – Abstract Noun
j) John – Proper Noun; pets – Common Noun
k) Digha – Proper Noun; trip – Common Noun
l) group of singers – Collective Noun
m) Camlina – Proper Noun; company, stationary – Common Noun
n) book, students – Common Noun
o) Mr. Rohit – Proper Noun; physician – Common Noun; kindness – Abstract Noun
p) swarm of bees – Collective Noun
q) Forest control department – Proper Noun; wild animals – Common Noun
r) Honesty – Abstract Boun
s) Mr. Smita Das – Proper Noun; teacher – Common Noun; admiration– Abstract Noun
t) Non-violence – Abstract Noun
2. Fill in the blanks with suitable Collective Nouns:

a) My friend has a of old stamp.
b) A of bird is always a beautiful sight.
c) A of locust attacked a of cattle.
18
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
d) The of thieves has been arrested by police.

e) The of students is making noise.
f) His of friends is very small.
g) A of singers were invited to perform on his birthday.
h) The old woman was selling a of breads at the corner of the street.
i) A of wolves were roaming around at midnight.
j) They were awestruck after watching the beauty of the of mountains.
(a) collection, (b) flock, (c) swarm, herd , (d) gang, (e) class, (f) circle, (g) choir, (h) loaf, (i) pack, (j) range
3. Supply the abstract noun of the following words:
(a) Patiently, (b) Good, (c) King, (d) Honest, (e) Brave, (f) Wonderful, (g) Cruel, (h) Admit,
(i) Free, (j) Fearful.
(a) Patiently – patience (b) Good – goodness (c) King – kingship
(d) Honest – honesty (e) Brave – bravery (f) Wonderful –wonder
(g) Cruel – cruelty (h) Admit – admission (i) Free – freedom
(j) Fearful – fear
19
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
PRONOUN
Œ¤îÅlyô þ›˜Š
20
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
Let’s read –
Sudip is the most intelligent boy of our class. Sudip is 14 years old. Sudip is a very hardworking
boy. Sudip is very helpful also. Sudip never thinks before helping Sudip’s friends.
Does the paragraph written above sound nice? Isn’t it sounding weird?
Now read this –
Sudip is the most intelligent boy of our class. He is 14 years old. He is very hardworking
boy. He is very helpful also. He never thinks before helping his friends.
Now it is sounding better. Isn’t it?
We have replaced the word ‘Sudip’ with the word ‘he’. He is a pronoun.
So we can say that,– Words that replace nouns are called pronouns. It is used to avoid
monotony in writings.
öë þ›˜ !îöì¢£ìÄ þ›öì˜îû þ›!îûîöì•Åþ îöì¤ îyöì†þÄîû ~†þöì‰öìëû!ô †þyØþyëû– •þyöì†þ¥z Pronoun îöì¡Ð
Pronouns can be of many types. Below is a list given to elaborate the types of Pronoun.
PRONOUNS FUNCTIONS EXAMPLES
PERSONAL PRONOUN They describe three per- 1st person– I, we
sons. Namely– First person, 2nd person– you
Second person and Third 3rd person– he, she, they, it.
person. ~†þ?l îy ~†þy!™†þ
îÄ!_«öì†þ öîyVþyëûÐ
IMPERSONAL PRONOUN They do not suggest to any It is a tennis court.
person. It is a midnight train.
~!Øþ ö†þyöìly îéÝîû lyô öîyVþyëûÐ
POSSESIVE PRONOUN It denotes a sense of my, their, your, his, her,
possession. our
~!Øþ ö†þyöìly îÄ!_« îy îéÝîû Gþ›îû mine, theirs, yours, ours
xöìlÄîû x!™†þyöìîûîû †þíy îöì¡Ð
REFLEXIVE PRONOUN The subject and object are I have done it myself.
the same and has done the The boys hid themselves.
same action. I was sitting by myself.
ë‡l ö†þyöìly îyöì†þÄîû †þ•Åþy G
†þôÅ ~†þ¥z ¥ëû– •þ‡l ~¥z ¤îÅlyô
îÄî¥yîû †þîûy ¥ëûÐ
EMPHATIC PRONOUN The pronoun will empha- I will do it myself.
size the noun or pronoun She herself said so.
as the subject. ~¥z ¤îÅlyô
îÄî¥yîû †þîûy ¥ëû– Object-~îû
Gþ›îû ö?yîû !˜öìëû !†þS%é î¡öì•þÐ
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN They point out object, near This is the pen.
or far. These oranges are very
ö†þyöìly !?!l¤ !löì˜Å¢ †þîûöì•þ sweet.
~¥z ¤îÅlyô îÄî¥yîû ¥ëûÐ
21
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
PRONOUNS FUNCTIONS EXAMPLES

RELATIVE PRONOUN They relate two sentences I know who have done
while joining them. ˜%!Øþ this.
îÄ†þÄöì†þ ?%’þüöì•þ ~¥z ¤îÅlyô Here is the book that you
had lent me.
îÄî¥yîû †þîûy ¥ëûÐ
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN They form question by Who is the culprit?
replacing a noun. Whom are you speaking
~!Øþ myîûy ö†þyöìly !îöì¢£ìÄ þ›öì˜îû to?
þ›!îûî•Åþl ‰!Øþöìëû ö†þyöìly ²ÌÙÀ
†þîûy ¥ëûÐ
DISTRIBUTIVE PRONOUN Pronouns that refer to Each of the men received
persons or things one at a reward.
a time. ~!Øþîû myîûy ²Ìöì•þÄ†þöì†þ
!löì˜Å¢ †þîûy ¥ëûÐ
INDEFINITE PRONOUN They do not specifically Anyone can do this job.
point to something. ~îû myîûy Some boys were punished.
x!l!˜ÅÜT !†þS%éöì†þ !löì˜Å¢ †þîûy ¥ëûÐ

EXERCISE - 1
1. Fill in the blank with suitable Personal and Possessive Pronouns:

a) is brother, who is playing the field now.
b) Do know the meaning of this word?
c) can say that marks will be good in this examination.
d) is looking for watch.
e) friend asked for copy.
f) mother’s recipe of chicken is famous within my friends.
g) have been called many times by the authority.
h) are going to keep promise.
i) This pillow is , which do not share with anyone.
j) Can you see tail?
a) He, my
b) you
c) I, my
d) He/she, his/her
e) My, me, my
f) My
g) We / they
h) You, your
i) mine, I
j) its
2. Identify whether the italicised words are Reflexive or Emphatic Pronoun :

a) She hurt herself while making the salad.
b) I believe in myself.
22
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
c) They themselves have done the job.

d) My mother has prepared the dinner herself for us.
e) He realised his mistake himself.
f) We have got ourselves into a mess.
g) Can’t Rima do the job herself?
h) I will approve the project myself.
(a) reflexive ; (b) reflexive ; (c) emphatic ; (d) emphatic; (e) reflexive; (f) reflexive; (g) reflexive;
(h) emphatic
3. Fill in the blank with suitable Relative Pronoun:

a) garden is this?
b) I shall speak to the person, has done a great job.
c) The park, is in Kerala, has a beautiful waterfall in it.
d) This is the house, I lived in as a child.
e) We shall start the meeting, everyone will have been arrived.
(a) Whose, (b) who, (c) which, (d) where, (e) when
4. Join each sentences using Relative Pronoun:

a) Akhil performed really well in the match. He was praised by his teacher.
b) Suman had forgotten to do his homework. His teacher punished him.
c) This building is white in colour. This is Rajbhavan.
d) APJ Abdul Kalam loved children very much. He was the 11th President of India.
e) A file is on the table. Bring me that.
f) She is famous in her school. She wins the tennis championship every year.
g) The festival was successful. It was full of fun.
h) This is a place. I spent my childhood here.
a) Akhil, who had played really well in the match, was praised by his teacher.
b) The teacher punished Suman, who had forgotten to do his home work.
c) This building is Raj Bhavan, which is white in colour.
d) APJ Abdul Kalam, who loved children very much, was the 11th President of India.
e) Bring me the file, which is on the table.
f) She, who wins the tennis championship every year, is famous in her school.
g) The festival, which was full of fun, was successful.
h) This is the place where I had spent my childhood.
5. Find out Pronouns from the following sentences and mention its kinds:
a) Where are we going?
b) I was coming back from my school.
c) Each of the girls had performed well.
d) It is a matter of great importance for us.
e) My maid has taken a leave for three days, so, will you help me?
f) We are going to hold the event in this ground.
g) Can you give some water to these?
h) This is Sonu, my best friend.
i) Anybody can dance.
j) I was blaming myself for over thinking.
23
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
a) Where – Interrogative Pronoun

b) I – Personal Pronoun; my – Possessive Pronoun
c) Each – Distributive Pronoun
d) It – Impersonal Pronoun; us – Personal Pronoun
e) My – Possessive Pronoun ; you, me – Personal Pronoun
f) We – Personal Pronoun .
g) You – Personal Pronoun; these – Demonstrative Pronoun
h) This – Demonstrative Pronoun ; my – Possessive Pronoun
i) Anybody – Indefinite Pronoun
j) I – Personal Pronoun ; myself – Reflexive Pronoun
24
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
ADJECTIVE
Œ!îöì¢£ì” þ›˜Š
25
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
Lets read..
Trina is a beautiful and intelligent girl. ~‡yöìl beautiful ~î‚ intelligent ¢· ˜%öìØþy •,þ”yîû !îöì¢£ì =”
²Ì†þy¢ †þöìîûÐ She lives in a big house in that lane. ~¥z îyöì†þÄ Big ¢·!Øþ ~†þØþy îy!’þüöì†þ !löì˜Å¢ †þöìîûÐ She
has two pet dogs. ~‡yöìl ‘two’, ‘pet’— ~¥z ˜%öìØþy word †%þ†%þîû=öì¡yîû ¤‚‡Äy ~î‚ ²Ì?y!•þ !löì˜Å¢ †þöìîûÐþ The
dogs are lovely. ö¢öì£ì îy†þÄØþyöì†þ ‘Lovely’ word-Øþy †%þ†%þöìîûîû ~†þØþy !îöì¢£ì =” ²Ì†þy¢ †þöìîûÐ
xíÅyê xyôîûy î¡öì•þ þ›y!îûéŸŸŸé
So, we can say that, words that modify, describe or add information about noun or pronoun
are called Adjectives. öë éþ›é˜ é!éîéöìé¢é£ìéÄ é~éîé‚ é¤éîéÅlyô þ›öì˜îû ö˜y£ì– =” xîßiy– ¤‚‡Äy ¥z•þÄy!˜ öîyVþyëû– •þyöì†þ
Adjective îy !îöì¢£ì” þ›˜ îöì¡Ð
We can classify adjectives into a few categories. They are –
TYPE OF ADJECTIVE FUNCTION EXAMPLE

ADJECTIVE OF Describes the quality of a noun Fox is a clever animal.
QUALITY or pronoun. ~!Øþ ~†þ!Øþ !îöì¢£ìÄ þîy He is a foolish boy.
!îöì¢£ìöì”îû ö˜y£ì îy î”Å †þöìîûÐ Not every leader is amoral.
ADJECTIVE OF Describe the quantity of un- He ate some rice.

QUANTITY countable nouns. ~!Øþ ö†þyöìly !†þS%éîû That makes no sense.
þ›!îûôyþ› öîyVþyëûÐ
ADJECTIVE OF Describe the number of countable Few people love to travel.
NUMBER nouns. Several mistakes can be altered.
~!Øþ ö†þyöìly !†þS%éîû þ›!îûôy”G öîyVþyëûÐ
DEMONSTRATIVE It describes something or specifical- This is a strange boy.
ADJECTIVE ly indicates These issues should be
something. addressed.
þ~!Øþ ö†þyöìly îÄ!_« îy îéÝöì†þ !löì˜Å¢ †þöìîûÐ
INTERROGATIVE It sits with a noun to ask questions. What book will you suggest?
ADJECTIVE þ~!Øþ ö†þyöìly !îöì¢£ìÄ þ›öì˜îû îÄyþ›yöìîû !†þS%é Which way should I go?
!?öìKþ¤ †þöìîûÐ
EMPHASIZING Own and very is used to emphasise. I saw it with my own eyes.
ADJECTIVE þ~!Øþ ö†þyöìly ¢öì·îû Gþ›îû ö?yîû !˜öìëû !†þS%é He is his own master.
î¡öì•þG ¤y¥yëÄ †þöìîûÐ
EXCLAMATORY It describes a noun by using ex- What an abstract idea!
ADJECTIVE clamatory words. What a piece of beautiful work
þ~!Øþ ö†þyöìly !îöì¢£ìÄ þ›˜öì†þ is this!
!îß¿ëû¤)‹þ†þèþyöìîG î”Åly †þöìîûÐ
EXERCISE
1. Find out the adjectives and classify its kinds:
a) There were two boys, playing in the field.
b) The farmers were feeling dizzy in the afternoon.
c) Which pen will you use today for writing?
d) A host of golden daffodils he saw at once.
e) The little girl was looking pale in the winter.
f) The writer was exceptionally well versed.
26
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
g) Few girls were exceptionally good in the team.

h) She forgot to bring her own book.
i) Those physicians were responsible for the death of the patient.
j) What a lovely weather it is!
a) two – adjective of quantity
b) dizzy – adjective of quality
c) Which – interrogative adjective
d) golden – adjective of quality
e) little, pale - adjective of quality
f) well versed – adjective of quality
g) Few – adjective of quantity
h) own – emphasizing adjective
i) Those – demonstrative adjective
j) What – exclamatory adjective
lSome quantifiers:
Quantifiers are used to demonstrate or indicate the number, degree or quantity of any noun
or pronoun.
Quantifiers xyôîûy îÄî¥yîû †þ!îû ö†þyöìly !îöì¢£ìÄ îy !îöì¢£ìöì”îû ¤‚‡Äy– ôyey îy þ›!îûôy” öîyVþyöì•þÐ
A few quantifiers and their uses have been described below :
MANY: ‘Many’ is used to denote numbers of any countable noun.
Many ¢·!Øþ îÄî¥yîû †þîûy ¥ëû– !îöì¢£ìÄ þ›öì˜îû ¤‚‡Äy öîyVþyöì•þÐ
Example : Many people have gathered in front of his office.
MUCH : ‘Much’ is used to denote the quantity of uncountable noun.
Much ¢·!Øþ îÄî¥yîû †þîûy ¥ëû ö†þyöìly !îöì¢£ìÄ þ›öì˜îû þ›!îûôy” öîyVþyöì•þÐ
Example : Pollution is growing much these days.
MORE : ‘More’ is used to compare between two things.
‘More’ ˜%!Øþ !?!löì¤îû ôöì™Ä •%þ¡ly †þîûöì•þ îÄî¥yîû †þîûy ¥ëûÐ
Example : Ramesh is more intelligent than Suresh.
MOST : ‘Most’ is used to denote something to be more than anything else.
‘Most’ îÄî¥yîû †þîûy ¥ëû ö†þyöìly!†þS%é îy ¤îyîû ’þzþ›öìîû– ö¤Øþy öîyVþyîyîû ?lÄ îÄî¥yîû †þîûy ¥ëûÐ
Example : Swami Vivekananda was one of the most knowledgeable persons in India.
LITTLE : It is used to suggest presence of something in a very less amount. It is used for
negative meaning generally.
‘Little’– ~!Øþ îÄî¥yîû †þîûy ¥ëû ö†þyöìly !†þS%é ‡%î †þô þ›!îûôyöì” íy†þöì¡Ð
Example : There is little hope of his winning. (that means, there is no hope)
A LITTLE : It is also used to denote something less in number or quantity but in a positive way.
‘A Little’– ~!ØþG îÄî¥yîû †þîûy ¥ëû !†þS%é þ›!îûôyöì” †þô ¥öì¡G xyöìSé– ö¤Øþy öîyVþöìlyîû ?lÄÐ
Example : There is a little hope of his winning. (that means there is a hope)
SOME : ‘Some’ denotes a quantity which is not definite.
‘Some’ ~†þ!Øþ x!l!˜ÅÜT þ›!îûôy” öîyVþyëûÐ
Example : There are some mistakes in his homework.
ANY : ‘Any’ denotes quantity and number both. It is used in negative sense.
‘Any’ þ›!îûôy” G þ›!îûôyþ› ˜%¥z¥z öîyVþyëûÐ ~!Øþ öl!•þîy‹þ†þèþyöìî îÄî¥*•þ ¥ëûÐ
Example : Do you have any solution?

Apart from these there are least, latter, later, latest, nearer, next and many other quantifiers
which describes or adds information about a noun.
27
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
EXERCISE
l Fill in the blank with suitable quantifiers:
i) She trusts people there. (few, some)
ii) We had got time to recheck the paper. (little, some)
iii) I have milk to give to the poor man. (some, any)
iv) Don’t make mistake in the copy, (many, any)
v) are capable of reaching till the ending point. (few, a few)
vi) I don’t have money to spend. (little, a little)
i) few
ii) some
iii) some
iv) any
v) a few
vi) little
28
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
VERB
Œ!e«ëûyþ›˜Š
29
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
Verb is one of the main parts of speeches. Without a verb a sentence cannot be written in
English language. Verb denotes the action of a sentence; it also asserts something about the
subject of the sentence. !e«ëûyþ›˜ îyöì†þÄîû ôöì™Ä î¤y ö†þyöìly †þy?öì†þ !löì˜Å¢ †þöìîûÐ ~!Øþ †þ‡öìlyéŸé†þ‡öìly ’þzöìj¢Ä
¤Áºöì¦þG !†þS%é †þíy îöì¡Ð
Verb can be classified in various categories. Mainly the categories are –
If a verb in the sentence has an object, that means, if the action is transmitted to an object, the
verb is called a Transitive Verb.
öë¤î Verb îy !e«ëûyîû †þyëÅ ¤Á›y˜öìlîû ?lÄ Subject îy ’þzöìj¢Ä Séy’þüyG xlÄ Object îy †þôÅ ²Ìöìëûy?l ¥ëû–
•þyöì˜îûöì†þ Transitive Verb îy ¤†þôÅ†þ !e«ëûy î¡y ¥ëûÐ ~öìÇþöìe îyöì†þÄ xöìíÅîû þ›!îûþ›)”Å•þyîû ?lÄ Object îy †þöìôÅîû
’þzþ›!ßi!•þ xyî¢Ä†þÐ
For example, Ram is playing with a ball.
In the sentence above, Ram is the subject, is playing is the verb and ball is the object. So, if we
question the verb using ‘what?’ the answer will be – a ball. This kind of verb is a transitive verb.
If a verb in the sentence only asserts the action of the subject and do not have any object to it,
that will be called an intransitive verb.
öë¤î !e«ëûyþ›˜ îyöì†þÄ Object îy †þöìôÅîû þ’þzþ›!ßi!•þ Séy’þüyG îyöì†þÄ xíÅ þ›!îûþ›)”Å †þîûöì•þ þ›yöìîû– •þyöì˜îûöì†þ Intransitive
Verb îy x†þôÅ†þ !e«ëûy îöì¡Ð
For example, She is dancing.
In the above mentioned sentence, the subject is ‘she’ and the verb is ‘is dancing’. As there is
no object to tell us something more about the subject, it is called an Intransitive Verb.

TRANSITIVE VERB (¤ôy!þ›†þy !e«ëûy) INTRANSITIVE VERB (x¤ôy!þ›†þy !e«ëûy)
I sing Indian classical songs. I sing.
My father had given me a story book. My father had given me.
She spoke the truth. She spoke fluently.
I feel relaxed now. How do you feel?
Do you know him? I know.
EXERCISE - 1
1. Write down in the blanks below whether the verbs in the following sentences are Transitive
or Intransitive Verb :
a) Rabina went to the parlour yesterday. _________________
b) The Tajmahal is in Agra _________________
c) I enjoyed the show myself. _________________
d) Hiya work efficiently. _________________
e) Lily loves to eat Chinese food. _________________
f) I do not know anyone here. _________________
g) The boat sank in the tempest. _________________
h) Birds fly in the air. _________________
i) Time heals every pain. _________________
j) The dog ran after me. _________________
(a) Intransitive Verb (b) Intransitive Verb (c) Transitive Verb
(d) Intransitive Verb (e) Transitive Verb (f) Transitive Verb
(g) Intransitive Verb (h) Intransitive Verb (i) Transitive Verb
(j) Intransitive Verb
Verbs can further be classified into two categories by the way of the formation of past tense.
The categories are – (i) Regular Verbs and (ii) Irregular Verbs.
30
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
REGULAR VERBS
Regular Verbs form their past forms and past participle forms by adding -ed after the base
form of the verb. öë¤î verb ~îû ö¢öì£ì –ed öëyˆ †þöìîû •þy x•þ#•þ†þyöì¡ þ›!îûî•Åþl †þîûy ëyëû– •þyöì†þ Regular
Verb îöì¡Ð Like –
BASE FORM PAST FORM PARTICIPLE FORM
Want (‹þyGëûy) Wanted Wanted
Wish (¥zFSéy) Wished Wished
Order (!löì˜Å¢ ö˜Gëûy) Ordered Ordered
Grant (¤Á¿!•þ ö˜Gëûy) Granted Granted
Flow (îöìëû ‹þ¡y) Flowed Flowed
IRREGULAR VERBS
Irregular Verbs form their past and past participle forms in different ways, sometimes
changing the spelling completely or by remaining intact. öë¤î Verb-~îû x•þ#•þ†þyöì¡îû îû*þ› xlÄ
’þzþ›yöìëû– †þ‡öìlyéŸé†þ‡öìly ¤Á›)”Å îylyöì•þ ¥ëû– •þyöì†þ Irregular Verb îöì¡Ð
For example,
Go (ëyGëûy) Went Gone
Sleep (‰%ôyöìly) Slept Slept
Come (xy¤y) Came Come
Bring (!löìëû xy¤y) Brought Brought
Buy (e«ëû †þîûy) Bought Bought
Think (ôöìl †þîûy) Thought Thought
Bleed (îû_«Çþîû” ¥Gëûy) Bled Bled
Build(îylyöìly) Built Built
Creep (¥yôy=!’þü ö˜Gëûy) Crept Crept
Dig (‡%„öì’þü öæþ¡y) Dug Dug
Deal (ö¡löì˜l †þîûy) Dealt Dealt
Fly (G’þüy) Flew Flown
Have (xyöìSé) Had Had
Sing (ˆyGëûy) Sang Sung
Take (ölGëûy) Took Taken
Sting (à¡ öæþyØþöìly) Stung Stung
Stick (¡y!‘þ) Stuck Stuck
Win (?ëû †þîûy) Won Won
Mistake (é è%þ¡ †þîûy ) Mistook Mistaken
Write (ö¡‡y) Wrote Written
31
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)

Throw (öSéy’þüy) Threw Thrown
A few irregular verbs do not change their pattern also :
PRESENT PAST PARTICIPLE
Cut Cut Cut
Put Put Put
Let Let Let
Hurt Hurt Hurt
é
Apart from these action verbs, there are Auxiliary Verbs (¤y¥yëÄ†þyîû# !e«ëûy) as well. We also call
them Helping Verbs, as they sit in the sentence to complete its meaning along with the action
verbs or when there are no action verbs. While writing in passive voice, helping verbs or be
verbs are mandatory.
Helping verbs differ according to the number, person and tense of the subject. Let us know them.
Subject Be Verb Example

I (first person, am I am a student.
singular number)
We (first person, plural are We are good students.
number)
You (second person, are You are students.
singular/plural)
PRESENT TENSE
He / she/ it (third per- is He is a good student.
son, singular number) She is a good student.
It is a good advice.
They (third person, are They are students.
plural number)
I (first person, was I was a student.

singular number)
We ((first person, were We were students.

plural number)
PAST TENSE
You (second person, were You were students.
singular/plural)
He / she/ it (third per- was He was a student.
son, singular number) She was a student.
It was a truth.
They (third person, were They were students.
plural number)
32
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
Subject Be Verb Example

I (first person , singular Shall I shall tell you.
number)/ We (first per-
FUTURE TENSE son, plural number)
You, we, he, she, it, they Will He will go there.
(first/second/ third It will go there.
person, singular/plural They will go there.
number)
EXERCISE - 1
1. Fill in the blanks with the correct form of verb :

a) She yesterday from Port Blair. (reach)
b) More than twenty boys in the first division. (pass)
c) He very tired after all the day. (look)
d) By tomorrow he at Kolkata. (reach)
e) They a new dish for dinner today. (prepare)
f) The students answers to all my questions correctly. (give)
g) When I at school, the class already. (reach, start)
h) I French since two years. (learn)
(a) reached, (b) have passed, (c) was looking, (d) will be reaching, (e) are preparing, (f) gave,
(g) reached, have started, (h) had been learning.
2. Fill in the blanks either with simple present tense or present continuous tense :
a) She everyday at 6pm and for a morning walk. (wake, go)
b) Priya an umbrella, so that she not wet in the rain. ( carry, get)
c) Ron out of the window and that Silly in the field. (look, watch, play)
d) Usually I a novel before sleeping, but today I a movie. (read, watch)
e) Don’t forget to bring my book tomorrow, as examination on. (go)
f) Priyam currently a story written by Ruskin Bond. (read)
(a) wakes, goes ; (b) is carrying, does get; (c) looks, watches, is playing; (d) read, am watching;
(e) is going ; (f) is reading.
3. Fill in the blanks either by using simple past tense or past perfect tense :
a) I cant believe that she my sandwich! (eat)
b) As he his homework, he with us. (do, play)
c) Her name , but she already. (announce, leave)
d) She the winner and Rita up on the stage. (declare, go)
(a) Had eaten; (b) had done, played; (c) was announced, had left; (d) had declared, went
4. Identify transitive and intransitive verbs from the following sentences and write in the
given blank:
(a) Nobody was there. ________________________
(b) The boy laughed so much. ________________________
(c) The train stopped abruptly. ________________________
(d) She wrote an essay on global warming. ________________________
(e) The family turned off the light. ________________________
33
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
(f) Jim is sleeping soundly. ________________________

(g) The horse galloped down briskly. ________________________
(h) I finished my assignment on time. ________________________
(a) Intransitive Verb
(b) Intransitive Verb
(c) Intransitive Verb
(d) Transitive Verb
(e) Transitive Verb
(f) Intransitive Verb
(g) Intransitive Verb
(h) Transitive Verb
5. Fill in the blank with the correct verb forms :

(a) As soon as my husband we will go out. (arrive)
(b) My uncle coffee very much. He a cup now. (like; drink)
(c) If I had the money I a car. (buy)
(d) The children for a long time. Why they stop? (play; not do)
(e) When my friend phoned, I my dinner. (take)
(f) “What ?”(he, do) “He is an engineer.”
(g) He here often. (come)
(h) Sam, is it true that you married next week? (get)
(i) What time the next train ? (leave)
(j) Tennis tomorrow? (you, play)
(a) arrives
(b) likes, is drinking
(c) would have bought
(d) are playing, do not
(e) was taking
(f) does he do
(g) comes
(h) will get
(i) will leave
(j) Will you play
34
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
VERB AGREEMENT
Œ!e«ëûyþ›˜ !lîÅy‹þlŠ
35
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
Verb is a mandatory part of a sentence. But there are a few rules to use verbs accurately in a
sentence. It is decided by looking at the subject of the sentence.

!e«ëûyþ›˜ ¥¡ îyöì†þÄîû ~†þ!Øþ xþ›!îû¥yëÅ x‚¢Ð •þöìî ~¥z !e«ëûyþ›˜ îÄî¥yöìîûîû !†þS%é !l!˜ÅÜT !lëûô xyöìSé– ëy !l™Åy!îû•þ
¥ëû îyöì†þÄîû !e«ëûyþ›˜ xl%ëyëû#Ð
Lets read the following sentences :
The price of essential commodities are going high.
The price of essential commodities is going high.
In the above mentioned sentences, the subject is “the price”. Price is an uncountable noun so
it cannot have plural verb. That is why, the first sentence is incorrect and the second sentence
is correct.
Let us know the rules of writing verbs correctly..
1. The basic principle of Subject-Verb Agreement is that singular subjects need singular
verbs, plural subjects need plural verbs.
!e«ëûyþ›˜ !lîÅy‹þöìlîû ô)¡ !lëûô ¥¡éŸŸŸé †þ•Åþy ë!˜ ~†þî‹þl ¥ëû– !e«ëûyG ~†þî‹þl ¥öìîÐ †þ•Åþy ë!˜ îàî‹þl ¥ëû– !e«ëûyG
îàî‹þl ¥öìîÐ
CORRECT INCORRECT
The apples are sweet. The apples is sweet.
The price of apples is going high. The price of apples are going high.
Abstract nouns and uncountable nouns have singular verbs.

2. The rules regarding the person are as follows:
(i) The first person singular or plural takes a singular verb:
†þ•Åþy ’þz_ô þ›%îû&£ì G ~†þî‹þl ¥öì¡ !e«ëûy ~†þî‹þl ¥öìîÐ
I love to play guitar.
We love to play guitar.
(ii) The second person singular or plural takes a plural verb:
!m•þ#ëû þ›%îû&£ì ¤î¤ôëû¥z îàî‹þöìl !e«ëûy ¥ëûÐ
You love to play guitar.
(iii) The third-person singular takes a singular verb in case of simple present tense.
•,þ•þ#ëû þ›%îû&£ì ~†þî‹þöìl !e«ëûy ~†þî‹þl ¥ëû Ö™%ôye ¤y™yîû” î•Åþôyl †þyöì¡Ð
He loves to play guitar.
(v) The third person plural takes a plural verb:
•,þ•þ#ëû þ›%îû&£ì îàî‹þöìl !e«ëûy îàî‹þl ¥ëûÐ
They love to play guitar.
3. When the subject consists of ‘one of + plural noun’, the verb is singular:
†þ•Åþyîû ?yëûˆyëû one of+ îàî‹þl íy†þöì¡ !e«ëûy ~†þî‹þl ¥ëûÐ
One of the girls was absent.
One of the students was acting the scene.
4. When a clause or a long group of words is the subject, we have to be careful to make the
verb agree with the subject :
†þ•Åþyîû ?yëûˆyëû ¡Áºy îy†þÄy‚¢ íy†þöì¡ !‘þ†þ †þöìîû ö˜öì‡ !e«ëûyþ›˜ !lîÅy‹þl †þîûöì•þ ¥öìîÐ
The toys which I bought yesterday were very attractive.
The man in the toyshop is very kind.
5. The verb has to agree with the subject that follows the introductory there. If the subject is
singular, then it will be followed by a singular verb. If the real subject is plural, then ‘there’
will be followed by a plural verb:
36
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
ë!˜ ö†þyöìly îy†þÄ there !˜öìëû Öîû& ¥ëû– •þyîûþ›öìîû¥z †þ•Åþy î¤öìî– ö¤¥z xl%ëyëû# !e«ëûyþ›˜ î¤yöì•þ ¥öìîÐ
There are many people who are honest.
There is a school at the crossing of the road.
There are many differences between two states.
There is beauty in everything.
6. When two or more nouns function as the subject, a plural verb is used:
ë!˜ ˜%¥z îy •þyîû öî!¢ þ›˜ †þ•Åþyîû ?yëûˆyëû îöì¤ •þöìî !e«ëûyþ›˜ îàî‹þl ¥öìîÐ
Ruma and I are going to market.
Rakib and Sohel are best players.
7. For distances, weight, height or amounts of money, we use a singular verb even when the
subject is plural:
˜)îûc– G?l ~î‚ Øþy†þyþ›ëû¤yîû ô)¡Ä öîyVþyöì•þ ~†þî‹þöìl !e«ëûy îÄî¥*•þ ¥ëûÐ
Ten thousand rupees is not a small sum.
Three kilometers is a small distance.
8. The title of a book, the name of a house or a hotel in plural takes a singular verb:
†þ•Åþy ë!˜ ö†þyöìly î¥z îy ö¥yöìØþ¡ îy !l!˜ÅÜT ö†þyöìly !?!löì¤îû lyô öîyVþyëû– ëy ~†þî‹þöìl xyöìSé– !†þév lyô!Øþ îàî‹þöìl
xyöìSé– •þ‡l !e«ëûyþ›˜ ~†þî‹þöìl ¥öìîÐ
“The Arabian Nights” has interesting stories.
“The Three Musketeers” is an interesting novel.
9. Nouns which are plural in form but singular in meaning usually take a singular verb:
öë !îöì¢£ìÄ þ›˜=!¡ Ölöì•þ îàî‹þl !†þév xy¤öì¡ ~†þî‹þl– •þyöì˜îû !e«ëûyþ›˜=!¡G ~†þî‹þl ¥öìîÐ
Mathematics is not an easy subject.
Measles is an infectious disease.
10. Some nouns which appear to be singular in form take a plural verb:
!†þS%é !†þS%é !îöì¢£ìÄ þ›˜ îàî‹þlöìîû ôöì•þy ö˜‡öì•þ ¡yöìˆÐ
The police have arrested three terrorists.
The Indian cricket team won the match.
11. Collective Nouns like group, crowd, flock, regiment, etc. are generally followed by a
singular verb:
ë‡l Collective Noun †þ•Åþyîû ?yëûˆyëû îöì¤– •þ‡l !e«ëûyþ›˜ ~†þî‹þl ¥ëûÐ
A group of boys was playing in the ground.
A crowd of people rushes into the hall.
But if the collective nouns differ in their action or opinion, they plural noun must be used.
The committee differ in their opinion.
12. Some nouns which appear to be plural in form when preceded by a pair of take a singular
verb, for example, shoes, scissors, trousers, etc.
ë‡l !îöì¢£ì þ›˜ îàî‹þl ¥ëû ~î‚ •þyîû xyöìˆ a pair of îöì¤– •þ‡l !e«ëûyþ›˜ ~†þî‹þl ¥ëûÐ
A pair of scissors was taken out of the drawer.
A pair of trousers was washed by the servant.
But when these nouns are used without ‘a pair of’, they take a plural verb:
His shoes have worn out.
My scissors do not cut well.
13. Some nouns are preceded by a lot of, a plenty of, a great deal of, etc. These nouns take a
singular verb when they refer to amount or quantity. But they take a plural verb when they
refer to number:
öë¤î †þ•Åþyîû xyöìˆ a lot of, a plenty of, a great deal of ~¥z ™îûöìlîû ¢· îöì¤– •þ‡l !e«ëûyþ›˜ ~†þî‹þl ¥ëûÐ
A lot of people visit the exhibition.
A plenty of water was supplied to the villagers.
37
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
14. When a singular subject is joined by as well as, in addition to, except, etc. with another noun
or pronoun, we use a singular verb.
ë!˜ ö†þyöìly ~†þî‹þl †þ•Åþyîû ¤yöìí xyöìîû†þ!Øþ !îöì¢£ì” þ›˜ as well as !˜öìëû ?%öì’þü ëyëû– •þ‡l !e«ëûyþ›˜!Øþ ~†þî‹þl ¥ëûÐ
Rahul as well as his mother has come.
My father in addition to our neighbour has gone out for a walk.
15. A singular verb is used with singular pronouns, e.g. each, either, neither, anyone, etc.
ë!˜ either, neither ~¥z ™îûöìlîû ¢öì·îû ¤yöìí î¤y †þ•Åþy ~†þî‹þl ¥ëû– •þy¥öì¡ !e«ëûyþ›˜!ØþG ~†þî‹þl ¥öìîÐ
Each of the boys was given a prize.
Neither of the students was telling a lie.
When two or more subjects are connected by nor or or, the verb is used according to the
number of the noun nearest to it:

ë!˜ ˜%!Øþ îy •þyîû öî!¢ †þ•Åþy öëyˆ †þîûy ¥ëû– •þy¥öì¡ !e«ëûyþ›öì˜îû †þySéy†þy!Sé öë !îöì¢£ìÄ þ›˜!Øþ îöì¤– ö¤¥z xl%ëyëû# !e«ëûy
þ›˜!Øþ ¥ëûÐ
Neither she nor her sisters visit the temple.

Either they or he is telling a lie.
16. When some nouns are regarded as one unit, they take a singular verb:

ë!˜ !îöì¢£ìÄ þ›˜!Øþöì†þ ~†þ!Øþ öˆyÛþ# !¥öì¤öìî ™îûy ¥ëû– •þy¥öì¡ •þyîû !e«ëûyþ›˜!ØþG ~†þî‹þl ¥öìîÐþ
Bread and butter is their staple food.

Brick and stone are lying scattered all over the place.
EXERCISE - 1
1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate verbs:
a) The children of Mrs Roy selected for the final round of the game. (be)
b) The quality of the products the price. (decide)
c) Nora and Maria to my home every day. (come)
d) Everyone in the office gone out for lunch.(have)
e) Both of the dogs collars. (have)
f) Either you or I ordering the food today. (be)
g) Neither my brothers nor my father aware of the fact.(be)
h) At the end of this month the wedding invitations. (come)
i) The leader as well as her teammates to be blamed for the loss. (be)
j) Neither of the two dresses ugly. (be)
k) Time and tide for none. (wait)
l) Three and Three six. (make)
m) The choir of singers performing amazingly. (be)
n) The Three Musketeers a great novel. (be)
o) The police investigating the case. (be)
(a) are; (b) decides; (c) come; (d) has; (e) have; (f) am; (g) is; (h) come; (i) is ; (j) is; (k) waits;
(l) makes; (m)is; (n) is; (o) are
2. Choose the correct option and complete the following sentences:
(a) He and I friends. (am/ is/ are)
(b) Time and tide for none. ( wait/ waited/ waits)
(c) Mr. Roy as well as his assistant coming today for a meeting. (is/ have/ are)
38
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
(d) Goerge and not you at fault. ( is/ am/ are)

(e) Neither of the two doctors capable. ( is/ are)
(f) Either Sujoy or his friend taken out the car. (have/ has)
(g) Every mother her children. (love/ loves)
(h) My brother and my guardian come to receive me. (has/ have)
(i) A number of people stopped smoking. (have/has)
(j) Each boy and every girl present. (was/were)
(k) Not only my friends but also I responsible for this. (are, am)
(l) Not only the teacher but also her students there. (am, are)
(m) The whole class brought first division. (was/ were)
(n) There many students who didn’t follow the class. (was/were)
(o) The majority of Indians not educated. (are/is)
(a) are, (b) waits, (c) is, (d) is, (e) is, (f) has, (g) loves, (h) have, (i) have, (j) was, (k) am, (l) are,
(m) was, (n) were, (o) are.
39
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
TENSES
Œ!e«ëûyîû †þy¡Š
40
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
Tense denotes the time of any action. Time is divided into Past, Present and Future.
Tense !e«ëûyîû †þy¡ !l™Åyîû” †þöìîûÐ ~!Øþ x•þ#•þ– î•Åþôyl ~î‚ èþ!î£ìÄê †þyöì¡ !îèþ_« ¥öìëûöìSéÐ
Suppose the sentence is, “She wakes up early in the morning.” xíÅyê ö¤ ¤†þyöì¡ •þy’þüy•þy!’þü ’þzöì‘þöìSéÐ
It denotes that the action happens in the present time. If the sentence is, “She woke up early
yesterday.” xíÅyê ö¤ ¤†þyöì¡ •þy’þüy•þy!’þü ’þzöì‘þ!Sé¡Ð That suggests that the action took place in the past
time. And if the sentence is “She will get up early tomorrow.” ôyöìl ö¤ ¤†þyöì¡ •þy’þüy•þy!’þü ’þz‘þöìîÐ
This indicates that the incident will take place in future.
Detailed classification is given below.

PRESENT TENSE n SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
n PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE
(î•Åþôyl †þy¡) n PRESENT PERFECT TENSE
n PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS TENSE
PAST TENSE n SIMPLE PAST TENSE

n PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE
(x•þ#•þ †þy¡) n PAST PERFECT TENSE
n PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS TENSE
FUTURE TENSE n SIMPLE FUTURE TENSE

n FUTURE CONTINUOUS TENSE
(èþ!î£ìÄê †þy¡) n FUTURE PERFECT TENSE
n FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS TENSE

Let us learn the formation of the following tenses :

NAME OF CLASSIFICATION FORMATION EXAMPLE
THE TENSES OF TENSES
SIMPLE PRESENT Subject + base form I read in class ten.
TENSE of the verb [s/es] You dance very well.
[ë!˜ subject third
My mother cooks delicious food.
person singular
number ¥ëûÐ]+ We care for your health.
object
PRESENT Subject + be verb+ I am learning French. You are
CONTINUOUS Base form of the coming for the event.
TENSE verb + ing + object He is travelling to another city.
Be-verb=
We are playing football.
am/is/are
PRESENT
TENSE PRESENT Subject+ have/has I have done the work.
PERFECT + participle form of You have solved it.
TENSE the verb+ object
He has gone to another state.
They have declared it.
PRESENT PERFECT Subject+ has/have I have been calling you since
CONTINUOUS + been + base form morning.
TENSE + ing + object You have been thinking about
this.
He has been waiting for so long.
We have been learning German
since two years.
41
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
NAME OF CLASSIFICATION FORMATION EXAMPLE

THE TENSES OF TENSES
SIMPLE PAST Subject + past form I went to school yesterday.
TENSE of verb + object You were there.
He painted the wall.
They were good people.
PAST Subject + be verb + I was watching a series.
CONTINUOUS base form + ing + You were going there.
TENSE object He was watching the match.
be verb= was/were They were cooking dinner.
PAST Subject + had + I had chosen him.
PAST TENSE PERFECT participle form of You had spoken to him.
TENSE verb + object
He had taken a break.
We had gone to the fair.
PAST PERFECT Subject + had + I had been going there.
CONTINUOUS been + base form + You had been telling me,.
TENSE ing + object
He had been discussing it.
We had been speaking so.
SIMPLE FUTURE Subject + will/ I shall go to school.
TENSE shall + base form + You will receive a latter.
object
He will eat oyster.
They will meet soon.
FUTURE Subject + will/ I shall be waiting for tomorrow.
CONTINUOUS shall+ be+ base You will be joining soon.
TENSE form of verb +ing +
FUTURE He will be going there.
object
TENSE We shall be inviting all
FUTURE Subject + will/shall I shall have seen you.
PERFECT + have + participle You will have seen me.
TENSE + object
He will have taken the stairs.
They will have gone by then.
FUTURE Subject + shall/ I shall have been going to the
PERFECT will+ have + been + party.
CONTINUOUS base form of verb + You will have been doing the job.
TENSE ing + object
He will have been reaching then.
We shall have been talking.
.
Uses of various tenses :
NAME OF THE TENSE USES EXAMPLES
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE • Express habit and repeated • I sleep by ten o’clock.
actions or routine • Leaves are green.
• State general truth • Honesty is one of the best
• State universal facts virtues.
• Talk about states that are • I walk to school every day.
true at the time of speaking • She is a swimmer.
• ~!Øþ †þyîû&îû ßºèþyî îy xèþÄyöì¤îû î”Åly
†þöìîûÐ
• ~îû myîûy !‹þîûhsýl ¤•þÄ=!¡G !îöìÙÕ!£ì•þ
¥ëûÐ
42
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)

PRESENT CONTINUOUS • To suggest action that is going • She is speaking to Mrs. Sen.
TENSE on at the time of speaking. • I am currently reading a novel
• Express an action that is going by Anita Desai.
on for a prolonged period. (It doesn’t mean the speaking
(that doesn’t mean the action is reading at the time of
is going on at the time of speaking. But he is reading
speaking but it is at continu- that for a prolonged period.)
ation. )
• î•Åþôyl †þyöì¡ ‰ØþöìSé ~ôl ö†þyöìly
†þy? öîyVþyöì•þ ~!Øþ îÄî¥yîû †þîûy ¥ëûÐ
PRESENT PERFECT TENSE • To indicate completed • I have learnt to play the guitar.
activities in the immediate • The movie has just started.
past. • I have lived in this house for a
• To express past action, long time.
whose time is not given. • Mr. Roy has been to Peling.
• Things that had started in
past and is still now
continuing.
• ¤˜Ä ‰Øþy ö†þyöìly ‰Øþly !löì˜Å¢ †þîûöì•þ–
~!Øþ îÄî¥yîû †þîûy ¥ëûÐ
PRESENT PERFECT • To express action that had • He has been sleeping for five
CONTINUOUS TENSE started in the past and is still hours.
now continuing. • I have been reading a book on
• It also suggests action that has the same author that you have
finished recently, but empha- mentioned just now.
size is given to its continuity.
• ö†þyöìly †þy? ëy xyöìˆ¥z Öîû& ¥öìëûöìSé
!†þév ~‡l ¥öìëû ‹þöì¡öìSé– •þy öîyVþyöì•þ
SIMPLE PAST TENSE • Expresses action that has • The children performed very
happened in the past. well.
• To describe past habits. • We never fought with each
• x•þ#öì•þ ‰öìØþ ëyGëûy ö†þyöìly ‰Øþly other.
öîyVþyöì•þ ~!Øþ îÄî¥yîû †þîûy ¥ëûÐ
PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE • Action that was ongoing in • I was eating when you came in.
the past time. • It was raining in the morning.
• x•þ#öì•þ ö†þyöìly ‰Øþly ‰Øþ!Séì¡ •þy
öîyVþyöì•þ ~!Øþ îÄî¥yîû †þîûy ¥ëûÐ
PAST PERFECT TENSE • To denote action that has • They had finished their meal
completed in the past time. before noon.
• xyöìˆ Öîû& ¥Gëûy ö†þyöìly ‰Øþly ëy
xyöìˆ¥z ö¢£ì ¥öìëû öˆöìSé– •þy öîyVþyöì•þ
PAST PERFECT • To express action that began • At that time he had been
CONTINUOUS TENSE at some time in the pas and waiting at the station.
had completed in past before
some time.
• xyöìˆ¥z ö†þyöìly ‰Øþly Öîû& ¥öìëû öî!¢
!†þS%é ¤ôëû ™öìîû ‹þöì¡– xyöìˆ¥z ö¢£ì
¥öìëûöìSéÐ
43
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)

SIMPLE FUTURE TENSE • Talks about uncontrollable • I shall be visiting him tomorrow.
things to happen in future • I will rain soon.
time.
• Talks about things which we
believe will happen in future.
• èþ!î£ìÄöì•þ ‰Øþöìî ~ôl ‰Øþlyîû †þíy îöì¡Ð
FUTURE CONTINUOUS • Talks about things which will • I shall be going to watch a film
TENSE happen in future time. tomorrow.
• Expresses some preplanned • It will be raining I the evening.
action that will happen in
future.
• èþ!î£ìÄöì•þ ö†þyöìly ~†þ ¤ôëû ‰öìØþ ‹þ¡öìî
~ôl ö†þyöìly ‰Øþlyîû †þíy îöì¡Ð
FUTURE PERFECT TENSE • Expresses action that will be • I shall have written my
accomplished by a certain exercise by then.
time in future.
• èþ!î£ìÄöì•þ Öîû& ¥öìî ~îû†þô ‰Øþly öîyVþyëûÐ
FUTURE PERFECT • Expresses action that will be • By next month I will have
CONTINUOUS in progress over a period of been completing my projects.
time that will end in future.
• èþ!î£ìÄöì•þ Öîû& ¥öìî ~î‚ öî¢ !†þS%é
¤ôëû ™öìîû ‰Øþyîû þ›îû •þy ö¢£ì ¥öìîÐ
EXERCISE
1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate form of verb:
(i) When we there, he . (reach, study)
(ii) Mita with me last night. (meet)
(iii) I Sila for two years. (know)
(iv) you the truth? (know)
(v) I about the case by the reporter. (inform)
(vi) you today to see the sick patient? (come)
(vii) The film already, when we the cinema hall. (start, enter)
(viii) The robber by the police recently. (catch)
(ix) It since morning. (rain)
(x) We everyday in the afternoon. (play)
(xi) The boy me about the newly released movie, during the tiffin break. (ask)
(xii) They rarely anything from supermarkets. (buy)
(xiii) Riya and Parna always to answer first in the class. (want)
(xiv) We to the singing of the birds now. (listen)
(xv) When you father back home after the war? (come)
(i) Had reached, was studying (ii) Met (iii) Do, know
(iv) Did, know (v) Was informed (vi) Will come
(vii) Had started, entered (viii) Was caught (ix) Had been raining
(x) Play (xi) Was asking (xii) Buy
(xiii) Wants (xiv) Are listening (xv) Will come
44
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
PREPOSITION
Œ!îèþ!_«Š
45
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
Read the following sentences :

She will go to the field tomorrow.
They are fighting among each other.
He is leaning against the wall.
In the first sentence, ‘she’ is related to the ‘field’ by the preposition ‘to’.
In the second sentence, ‘they’ is related to ‘each other’ by the preposition ‘among’
In the third sentence, ‘he’ is related to the word ‘wall’ by the preposition ‘against’.
So, we can see that the relation between the noun and the object in the sentence is being built
by the preposition. As it always sits before a noun, it is named as preposition.
˜%!Øþ !îöì¢£ìÄ þ›˜ îy ¤îÅlyô þ›öì˜îû ôöì™Ä ¤Á›†Åþ ÷•þ!îû †þöìîû !îèþ!_« þ›˜Ð ~!Øþ ¤î¤ôëû ö†þyöìly !îöì¢£ì þ›öì˜îû xyöìˆ¥z
îöì¤Ð •þy¥z ~îû lyô pre + position.
We use a preposition generally to denote –
Time (¤ôëû)
Place / Position (?yëûˆy/ xîßiyl)
Relation between each other (˜%öìëûîû ôöì™Ä ¤Á›†Åþ)
There are several prepositions that we use for the above mentioned causes. Those are –
Prepositions can be of three types. They are –
 Simple Preposition – at, in, by, from, to, for etc.
 Compound Preposition – formed by prefixing a preposition to a noun, adjective or adverb.
Like, behind, below, around, between etc.
 Prepositional Phrase – group of words or phrase that act like a preposition.
According to, in spite of, in favour of, with a view to, in case of, by reason of, by way of.
Let us see some example:
I walk every day in morning.
He lives at Rajasthan in India.
I will be reaching before dawn.
She will speak to my mother about this.
I was thinking about you.
I agree with your decision.
In spite of poverty, he got success.
We will come back in a minute.
The meeting is on 13th January.
Some words take particular prepositions after them.
PREPOSITION EXAMPLE
Abide by (îy™Ä ¥Gëûy) We should abide by certain rules.
Accommodate with (ôy!löìëû ölGëûy) He can accommodate with new atmosphere.
Admit of (ßº#†þyîû †þîû&l) This issue admit of no excuse.
Adjacent to (†þySéy†þy!Sé) The school is adjacent to my building.
Adverse to (‡yîûyþ› ¥Gëûy) Your report is adverse to your health.
Accustomed to (þ›!îû!‹þ•þ ¥Gëûy) We are accustomed to their nature.
Affected in (²Ìèþy!î•þ) Many families are affected in flood.
Ambition for (’þzF‹þy†þyAÇþyîû ?lÄ) His ambition is for IIT.
Ask for (!?Kþy¤y †þîûy) She asked for my help.
Argue with (•þ†Åþ †þîûy) Do not argue with you parents.
46
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
PREPOSITION EXAMPLE
Because of (†þyîûöì”) This is because of him, that I am alive.
Belong to (xhsýˆÅ•þ) The resort belongs to my uncle.
Capacity for (Çþô•þy íy†þy) He has the capacity for hard work.
Charge of (˜y!ëûc ölGëûy) The headmaster took the charge of the event.
Compensate with (Çþ!•þþ›)îû” ö˜Gëûy) He should be compensated with some money
for his loss.
Compensate for (Çþ!•þþ›)îû” †þîûy) For his loss he should be compensated for.
Derive from (î!Méþ•þ) The idea is derived from an artwork.
Consist of (ˆ!‘þ•þ) The file consists of every important docu-
ment.
in Favour of (þ›öìÇþ) I will talk in favour of you.
Heir to (’þz_îûy!™†þyîû¤)öìe) Smita is the only heir to this property.
EXERCISE - 1
1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions :
a) We are going a picnic.
b) Selina can eat well a chopstick.
c) We are going Darjeeling a trip.
d) A new hotel has been made the centre the town.
e) The young boy went a monk, seeking some advice.
f) There is a bank my house.
g) I agreed my parents the matter of examination.
h) The mouse is hiding the can.
i) The boy is sitting the black board.
j) The baker is distributing buns the street children.
(a) to, (b) with, (c) to, on, (d) at, of, (e) to, for, (f) near, (g) with, on, (h) under, (i) in front of,
(j) among
2. Choose the correct option and complete the following sentences :

a) He died his country.
(i) of (ii) for (iii) about
b) They did not agree the decision.
(i) with (ii) to (iii) in
c) What is the time your watch?
(i) at (ii) by (iii) on
d) The doctor was speaking the possible cures of cancer.
(i) on (ii) about (iii) for
e) Terrorism is much easier to carry out than to defend .
(i) down (ii) after (iii) against
f) You must go the book before exam.
(i) in (ii) for (iii) through
47
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
g) Can you lend me your book tonight?

(i) for (ii) from (iii) over
h) Nelson was married Jenny last night.
(i) with (ii) by (iii) to
i) Don’t lean the bench like that.
(i) on (ii) in (iii) against
j) An old lady is sitting the banyan tree.
(i) around (ii) to (iii) near
k) setting up his business, his uncle educated him as well.
(i) On (ii) Beside (iii) Besides
l) She decided going to movies tonight.
(i) on (ii) for (iii) to
(a) – (ii) for; (b) –(i) with; (c) –(ii) by;
(d) – (ii) about; (e) – (iii) against; (f) – (iii) through;
(g) – (i) for; (h) – (iii) to; (i) – (iii) against;
(j) – (iii) near; (k) –(ii) Besides; (l) – (iii) to
48
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
VOICE CHANGE
Œîy‹þÄ þ›!îûî•ÅþlŠ
49
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
Lets read –
He writes a letter every day.
A letter is written by him every day.
You will see that the above mentioned lines mean the same, but their construction is different.
In the first sentence, the subject is doing the action himself and in the second line the action is
being done by the subject. So, now we can understand –
ACTIVE VOICE : Active Voice describes a sentence where the subject performs the action
stated by the verb. ë‡l îyöì†þÄ †þ•Åþy !löì?¥z †þy? †þöìîû– •þyöì†þ Active Voice îöì¡Ð
Example : Rima plays guitar.
PASSIVE VOICE : When the subject is acted upon by the verb , it is called passive voice.
ë‡l îyöì†þÄîû †þy?!Øþ †þ•Åþyîû myîûy †þîûyöìly ¥ëû– •þyöì†þ Passive Voice îöì¡Ð
Example : Guitar is played by Rima.
The formation of the verbs changes according to tenses in active and passive voices.
Lets see the changes in details –
TENSE ACTIVE VOICE PASSIVE VOICE
SIMPLE PRES- FORMATION Subject + base form of Subject + be verb + (am/ is/
ENT TENSE verb + object are) Participle form + by +
object
EXAMPLE I read books. Books are read by me.
You read books. Books are read by you.
He reads books. Books are read by him.
They read books. Books are read by them.
PRESENT FORMATION Subject + be verb+ base Subject + be verb+ being+
CONTINUOUS form + ing + object participle + by + object
TENSE EXAMPLE I am reading a book. A book is being read by me.
You are reading a book. A book is being read by you.
He is reading a book. A book is being read by him.
They are reading a book. A book is being raed by
them.
PRESENT FORMATION Subject+ has/have + Subject + have/has + been
PERFECT participle + object + participle + object
TENSE EXAMPLE I have read a book. A book has been read by
You have read a book. me.
He has read a book. A book has been read by
They have read a book. you.
A book has been read by
him.
A book has been read by
them.
SIMPLE PAST FORMATION Subject + past form + Subject + be verb (was/
TENSE object were) + participle + by +
object
EXAMPLE I sent a letter. A letter was sent by me.
You sent a letter. A letter was sent by you.
He sent a letter. A letter was sent by him.
They sent a letter. A letter was sent by them.
50
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
TENSE ACTIVE VOICE PASSIVE VOICE

PAST FORMATION Subject + be verb (was/ Subject +be verb+ ing +
CONTINUOUS were) +base form+ ing participle + by + object
+ object
EXAMPLE I was sending a letter. A letter was being sent by
You were sending a me.
letter. A letter was being sent by
He was sending a letter. you.
They were sending a A letter was being sent by
letter. him.
A letter was being sent by
them.
PAST PER- FORMATION Subject + had+ partici- Subject + had + been +
FECT TENSE ple + object participle + by + object
EXAMPLE I had sent a letter. A letter had been sent by
You had sent a letter. me.
He had sent a letter. A letter had been sent by
He had sent a letter. you.
A letter had been sent by
him.
A letter had been sent by
them.
SIMPLE FU- FORMATION Subject + shall/will+ Subject + shall/ will+ be
TURE TENSE base form + object + participle + object
EXAMPLE I shall write a letter. letter will be written by me.
You will write a letter. A letter will be written by
He will write a letter. you.
We shall write a letter. A letter will be written by
him.
A letter will be written by us.
MODAL FORMATION Subject+ modal verb+ Subject + modal verb+

VERBS base form + object be + participle +by +
object
Can, Could,
EXAMPLE I must write a letter. A letter must be written by
Shall, Should,
You must write a letter. me.
Will, Would,
He must write a letter. A letter must be written by
may, might,
They must write a letter. you.
must, need, use
A letter must be written by
to, dare, ought
him.
to, Be to
A letter must be written by
them.
l When there is no subject in a sentence, we have to create a subject by our own.

Example : The thief was caught. (passive)
Someone had caught the thief. (active)
51
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
EXERCISE
1. Change the following sentences from active voice to passive voice:
a) Our school has declared a holiday for fifteen days.
b) The dancers are bearing away the trophy after the massive victory.
c) Children are enjoying rain.
d) Father gave the young boys a few earthen vessels to play.
e) The entry to the garden was prohibited.
f) Tom painted the entire fence with white.
g) Beth read the novel in a day.
h) The commander will give the instructions.
i) We must visit the patient today.
j) Ratul had submitted the project that day.
a) A holiday has been declared for fifteen days by our school.
b) The trophy is being born away after the massive victory by the dancers.
c) Rain is being enjoyed by children.
d) The young boys were given a few earthen vessels to play by father.
e) Someone prohibited the entry to the garden.
f) The entire fence was painted with white by tom.
g) The novel was read in a day by Beth.
h) The instructions will be given by the commander.
i) The patient must be visited today by us.
j) The project had been submitted that day by Ratul.
Now, let us learn to change voice of Interrogative Sentence. (²ÌÙÀöîì y™†þ îyöì†þÄîû voice change – ~îû !lëûôŠ
ACTIVE VOICE PASSIVE VOICE
FORMATION Wh word + verb + subject + Wh word+ verb+ subject+
object? by + object?
(by can sit at the beginning
as well , according to the
sentence)
EXAMPLE Who had informed you? By whom were you in-
formed?
FORMATION Verb + subject + object? Verb + subject + by +
object?
EXAMPLE Did you give him the Was the book given to
book? him by you?
l Few worked out examples :

TENSES ACTIVE VOICE PASSIVE VOICE
SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE Do you play cricket? Is cricket played by you?
PRESENT CONTINUOUS Are you composing a Is a song being composed by
TENSE song? you?
PRESENT PERFECT Has Rahul scored the Has the best marks been
TENSE best marks? scored by Rahul?
SIMPLE PAST TENSE Did you tell the truth? Was the truth told by you?
52
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
TENSES ACTIVE VOICE PASSIVE VOICE

PAST CONTINUOUS Was I painting the cor- Was the correct one being
TENSE rect one? painted by me?
PAST PERFECT Had you given the test? Has the test been given by
TENSE you?
SIMPLE FUTURE Will you visit the camp? Will the camp be visited
TENSE by you?

Now, let us learn how to change Imperative Sentences. (xyöì˜¢ô)¡†þ îyöì†þÄîû þ›!îûî•Åþöìlîû !lëûôŠ
FORMATION Verb + subject + object verb+ Let + object + be+
Past Participle of the verb +
object
EXAMPLE Sing a song. Do it. Let a song be sung, Let it be
done.
Let us see some worked out examples of Imperative Sentences

VARIOUS KIND OF ACTIVE VOICE PASSIVE VOIVCE
IMPERATIVE
PRIMARY IMPERATIVE Bring a copy tomorrow. Let a copy be brought to-
morrow.
LET IMPERATIVE Let me tell you a story. Let a story be told to you
by me.
REQUEST Please turn off the light. You are requested to turn
the light off.
ADVICE Obey your parents. Your parents should be
obeyed by you.
TRANSITIVE VERB Lie down. You are told/asked to lie
down.
SIMPLE FUTURE Will you visit the camp? Will the camp be visited
by you?
EXERCISE
2. Change the following sentences from Active to Passive and Passive to Active :
a) Will you hold the gate for me?
b) Go through the website for once.
c) Can you lend me some money?
d) I have received my parcel today.
e) Please tell me the correct way to reach to Mr. Peter’s home.
f) Let me teach you a method of this sum.
g) Who caught the thief?
53
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
h) Let us sing the national anthem now.

i) The shop is closed.
j) Who is leading the project?
a) Will the gate be hold for me by you?
b) You are advised to go through the website for once.
c) Can some money be lend to me by you?
d) My parcel have been received by me today.
e) You are requested to tell me the correct way to reach to Mr. Peter’s home.
f) Let a method of this sum be taught to you by me.
g) By whom the thief was caught?
h) Let the national anthem be sung by us now.
i) Someone has closed the shop.
j) By whom the project is being leaded?
54
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
NARRATION CHANGE
Œ’þz!_« þ›!îûî•ÅþlŠ
55
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
Narration is another name of speech.

Narration †þíy!Øþîû xíÅ ¥¡ î_«îÄ îy ’þz!_«Ð
When we quote the actual word of the speaker, it is called the Direct Speech.
ë‡l xyôîûy ö†þyöìly î_«yîû î_«îÄ öëôlèþyöìî î¡y ¥öìëûöìSé ö•þôl¥z •%þöì¡ ™!îû– •þyöì†þ îöì¡ Direct Speech.
Example : Hari said, “I will go tomorrow.”
When the speech is reported by a third person, it is called the Indirect Speech.
ë‡l xyôîûy ö†þyöìly î_«yîû î_«îÄ xyôîûy !löì?öì˜îû èþy£ìyëû þ›!îûî•Åþl †þöìîû !¡!‡– •þyöì†þ îöì¡ Indirect Speech.
Example : Hari said that he would go the next day.
A speech has two parts – i) Reporting Verb and ii) Reported Speech.
We have to change time, pronouns and tense while changing the speech.
(We are not changing the tense of reporting speech if it is universal truth.)
l A few worked out example is given below :
TYPE OF THE DIRECT SPEECH INDIRECT SPEECH
SENTENCES
ASSERTIVE SENTENCE Dilip said “Akbar was a great Dilip said that Akbar was a
king.” great king.
Anil said “Sun rises in the east.”
Anil said that sun rises in the
Ruma said to Rina, “These are east.
not possible.” Ruma told Rina that these
were not possible.
INTERROGATIVE Akbar said to Birbal, “Do you Akbar asked Birbal if he
SENTENCE know the solution?” knew the solution.
He asked, “Where are you com- He asked where he was com-
ing from?” ing from.
IMPERATIVE SENTENCE Asima said, “Don’t go there.” Asima ordered not to go
He proposed, “Let us go there.” there.
He proposed to go there.
EXCLAMATORY The team said, “Hurrah! We The team exclaimed in joy
SENTENCE won the match.” that they had won the match.
He said to his friend, “what a He exclaimed in wonder that
surprise is it!” it was a great surprise.
Rules for changing different types of sentences:

l ASSERTIVE SENTENCES
The reported verb will decide the verb of the indirect speech. That means, the verb inside the
quotation will change according to the reported verb.
Reported verb xl%ëyëû# þ›!îûî!•Åþ•þ îyöì†þÄîû !e«ëûyþ›˜ !‘þ†þ †þîûy ¥ëûÐ
Example : She said “I will come tomorrow.”
She said that she would come the next day.
The phrase “said to” in the direct speech will change to “told” in the indirect speech.
îyöì†þÄîû ‘said to’ †þíy!Øþ ‘told’-~ þ›!îûî!•Åþ•þ ¥öìëû ëyëûÐ
Example : The teacher said to the students “you all have done so well.”
The teacher told the students that they all had done very well.
56
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
The sentence containing universal truth will not change its verb in indirect speech.
îyöì†þÄ !‹þîûhsýl ¤•þÄ íy†þöì¡– !e«ëûyîû †þy¡ †þ‡lG þ›!îûî!•Åþ•þ ¥öìî lyÐ
Example : Ruma said, “The earth moves round the sun.”
Ruma said that the earth moves round the sun.
lINTERROGATIVE SENTENCE
We can use ‘asked’, ‘enquired’ etc. instead of said/said toÐ
xyôyöì˜îû ‘asked’ , ‘enquired’ ~¥z ™îûöìlîû !e«ëûyþ›˜ îÄî¥yîû †þîûöì•þ ¥öìî Said/Said to-~îû þ›!îûîöì•ÅþÐ
Example : He said, “Will you help me?’’
He asked whether he would help him.
If the quoted speech starts with a “wh-word” you should not add ‘that’ in the middle of the
sentence. ë!˜ îy†þÄ ‘wh-word’ !˜öìëû Öîû& ¥ëû– •þy¥öì¡ linker !¥¤yöìî that îÄî¥yîû ¥öìî lyÐ
Example : The old maid asked “Why are you crying, little girl?”
The old maid asked why the little girl was crying.
If the quoted speech does not start with ‘wh-word’ , ‘if’ or ‘whether’ will be added in the
beginning of quoted speech.
ë!˜ îy†þÄ!Øþ ²ÌÙÀ¤)‹þ†þ ¢· myîûy Öîû& ly ¥ëû– •þy¥öì¡ ‘if’ xíîy ‘whether’ !˜öìëû Öîû& ¥öìîÐ
Example: The boy asked his father “Can we buy a new car?”
The boy asked his father if they could buy a new car.
lIMPERATIVE SENTENCE
According to the tone of the quoted sentence you have to use ‘agreed’, ‘replied’, ‘forbade’
‘asked’ ,’advised’ ‘ordered’ etc.
îyöì†þÄîû ™îûl î%öìVþ xíÅyê Please íy†þöì¡ Request, Advice íy†þöì¡ Advise, Order íy†þöì¡ Order ¥öìîÐ
‘‘agreed’, ‘replied’, ‘forbade’ ‘asked’ ,’advised’ ‘ordered’ ¥z•þÄy!˜ ¢·=!¡ îÄî¥yîû †þîûöì•þ ¥öìîÐ
Example : The woman said “Don’t go to the park today.”
The woman forbade going to the park today.
We do not have to use ‘that’ or ‘if’ as linkers.
~‡yöìl ö†þyöìly ¤‚öìëyˆ†þyîû# ¢· ˜îû†þyîû ¥ëû lyÐ
If the reported speech starts with ‘let’, the speech should be changed to a statement and that
should be used as a linker.
ö†þyöìly îy†þÄ ë!˜ let !˜öìëû Öîû& ¥ëû– îy†þÄ!Øþ ‰Øþly¤)‹þ†þ îyöì†þÄ þ›!îûî!•Åþ•þ ¥öìëû ëyöìîÐ
Example : Raima said, “Let us sing a song.”
Raima suggested that they should sing a song.
lOPTATIVE SENTENCE
According to the sentence we have to use ‘wish’, ‘pray’ or ‘requested’.
îyöì†þÄîû î_«îÄ î%öìVþ xyôyöì˜îû ‘wish’, ‘pray’ or ‘requested’ ~¥z ¢·=!¡ îÄî¥yîû †þîûöì•þ ¥öìîÐ
Example : The monk said, “May you live long.”
The monk wished that I might live long.
We have to add that as a linker between the reported verb and the reported speech.
‘that’ ¢·!Øþ îyöì†þÄîû ôyöìVþ î¤öìîÐ
The reported speech should be changed into assertive sentence.
îy†þÄ î”Ålyô)¡†þ îyöì†þÄ þ›!îûî!•Åþ•þ ¥öìîÐ
Example : Ravi said to his friend, “May you get through the exam successfully.”
Ravi wished his friend that he might get through the exam successfully.
57
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
EXCLAMATORY SENTENCES
l
If the sentence starts with an interjection, ‘that’ should be added as a linker and the reported
speech should be changed into a statement.

îy†þÄ ë!˜ !îß¿ëû¤)‹þ†þ ¢· !˜öìëû Öîû& ¥ëû– ‘that’ ~†þ!Øþ linker !¥öì¤öìî îÄî¥yîû ¥öìî ~î‚ îy†þÄ!Øþ î”Ålyô)¡†þ îyöì†þÄ
þ›!îûî!•Åþ•þ ¥öìîÐ
Example : The players said “Bravo! We have won the match.”
The players exclaimed with joy that they had won the match.
If the sentence does not start with an interjection and starts with a wh-word, the sentence
should be changed into a statement and ‘that’ should be used as a linker.
ë!˜ îy†þÄ!Øþ !îß¿ëû¤)‹þ†þ ¢· !˜öìëû Öîû& ly ¥ëû– •þy¥öì¡ ‘that’ öëyˆ †þîûöì•þ ¥öìî ly ~î‚ îy†þÄ î”Ålyô)¡†þ îyöì†þÄ
þ›!îûî!•Åþ•þ ¥öìîÐ
Example: The priest shouted “What a cruel sight is this!”
The priest shouted in horror that it was very cruel sight.
EXERCISE
1. Change the Direct Speech into Indirect Speech:
a) Akhil said, “My father will go to Delhi tomorrow.”
b) Mina said to her mother, “I want to have an ice-cream, if I do well in the examination.”
c) Tarun said to her daughter, “Why have you got poor marks in maths?”
d) Rima asked Varun, “Do you know where my pencil is?”
e) The teacher said, “I want a pin-drop silence in the class.”
f) The commander said, “Move forward.”
g) I told my friend, “Come upstairs without making any noise.”
h) The policeman said, “What a strange case is this!”
i) The master said to his pupils, “If you want to succeed in life, you must work hard.”
j) Jupiter told Ceres, “If you want to get your daughter back, you must pray to Pluto.”
a) Akhil told that his father would go to Delhi the next day.
b) Mina told her mother that she would have an ice cream, if she would have done well in the
examination.
c) Tarun asked her daughter that why had she got poor marks in maths?
d) Rima enquired Varun if he know where her pencil was.
e) The teacher said that she wanted a pin-drop silence in the class.
f) The commander instructed to move forward.
g) I ordered my friend to come upstairs without making any noise.
h) The policeman exclaimed that it was a very strange case.
i) The master told his pupils that if they wanted to succeed in life, they must work hard.
j) Jupiter told Ceres that if she wanted to get her daughter back, she must pray to Pluto.
58
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
TRANSFORMATION OF SENTENCES
Œîy†þÄ þ›!îûî•ÅþlŠ
59
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
We have learnt expansion, joining, splitting and many other processes in the previous chapters.
Now we will learn all possible processes through which we can transform a sentence from one
type to another.
Transformation means a drastic change in the construction of something. Sometimes, we
keep the meaning unchanged, though sometimes we are allowed to change the meaning of the
sentence.
Transformation ¥¡ îyöì†þÄîû ô)¡ xíÅ xþ›!îûî!•Åþ•þ öîûöì‡, îyöì†þÄîû îû*þ›yhsýîû ‰ØþyöìlyÐ
It is fun to see how we can express the same sentence into different formats. If we practice
transformation, our grammatical accuracy will enhance for sure and we will be able to use
these processes to make our creative writing more versatile.
Let us see what can be the processes of transforming a sentence:
Affirmative ð Negative
Negative ð Affirmative
Statement ð Question
Question ð Statement
Exclamatory ð Assertive
Active voice ð Passive voice
Direct speech ð Indirect speech
Complex ð Compound
Compound ð Complex
Simple ð Compound
Compound ð Simple
Simple ð Complex
Complex ð Simple
Help ð But
To… too ð So … that
Positive degree ð Comparative degree
Comparative degree ð Superlative degree
Superlative degree ð Positive degree
Changes of parts of speech within the sentences
Let us see some worked out examples:

AFFIRMATIVE NEGATIVE
I have helped the needy. I have not looked down upon the needy.
Sima agreed to Rohan on one point. Sima did not disagree to Rohan with every
point.
Are you feeling alright? Are you not feeling sick?
Ramu attended yesterday’s meeting. Ramu did not miss yesterday’s meeting.
As soon as they entered the room, they No sooner did they enter the room, than
stopped talking. they stopped talking.
None but Himesh won the bet. Himesh only won the bet.
All must suffer the consequences. No one can escape suffering the conse-
quences.
I am not a little tired. I am fully energetic.
60
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
ASSERTIVE INTERROGATIVE
We shall pass the examination. Shall we not pass the examination?
You are a talented person indeed. Are you not a talented person?
I am the actual writer of this book. Am I not the actual writer of this book?
This is not a suitable dress for this occasion. Is this a suitable dress for this occasion?
This is not a book to be followed. Is this a book to be followed?
The honesty can never wane. Can the honesty ever wane?
EXCLAMATORY ASSERTIVE
What a lovely scene it is! This is a lovely scene.
Hurrah! We got the permission. It is great that we got the permission.
If only we were young again! I wish we were young again.
How you have grown! It is wonderful to see that you have
grown so much.
Oh! How I could forget you. It is very stupid of me to forget you.
Alas! We could not make it in time. We are sorry to say that we could not
make it in time.

The authority awarded me this year. I was awarded this year.
Brutus had stabbed Caesar. Caesar had been stabbed by Brutus.
Let us complete the project by tonight. Let the project be completed (by us)
tonight.
Will you convey my message to them? Will my message be conveyed to them by
you?
I am sharing my book with Raima. My book is being shared with Raima by
me.
It is time to close the shop. It is time for the shop to be closed.
DIRECT SPEECH INDIRECT SPEECH

He said to me, “You will surely have He told me that I would surely have
success.” success.
Dilip asked Tapan, “Will you meet me Dilip asked Tapan if he would meet him
tomorrow?” the next day.
The teacher said, “Accumulate in the The teacher ordered to accumulate in the
playground tomorrow by 9 AM.” playground the next day by 9 AM.
The fairy asked the girl, “Do you have a The fairy asked the girl if she had any
wish?” wish.
The team shouted, “Hurrah! We are suc- The team shouted in rejoice that they
cessful.” were successful.
61
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
POSITIVE DEGREE COMPARATIVE DEGREE

Sajo is as dedicated as her sister. Sajo is not less dedicated than her sister.
Indian is not as populated as China. China is more populated than India.
Your knife is not as sharp as mine. My knife is sharper than yours.
POSITIVE DEGREE SUPERLATIVE DEGREE

No other boy is as good as Kiran in our Kiran is the best boy in our class.
class.
Many other cricketers are as good as Sachin. Sanchin is one of the best cricketers.
SUPERLATIVE COMPARATIVE
Lead is the heaviest of all metals. Lead is heavier than any other metal.
Rajasthan is one of the biggest cities of Rajasthan is bigger than most other Indi-
India. an cities.
SIMPLE COMPOUND
He must work hard to secure good marks. He must work hard and secure good marks.
Owing to ill-luck, he met with a bad He was unlucky and met with a bad
incident. incident.
In this tower sat the poet gazing on the The poet was sitting in this tower and
sea. was gazing at the sea.
Being dissatisfied, he resigned his posi- He was dissatisfied and resigned from his
tion. position.
In spite of all my advice he has done a I have advised but he has done a foolish
foolish job. job.
Adding to their troubles, the tire burst in The tire burst in the middle of the road
the middle of the road. and the trouble increased.
SIMPLE COMPLEX
I expect to meet Soha tonight. My expectation is that I will meet Soha
tonight.
He is said to be a millionaire. Everybody says that he is a millionaire.
I have nowhere to sit. I have no space where I can sit.
I overheard their plan. I overheard were they were planning.
COMPOUND COMPLEX
We must finish our work or else teacher If we do not finish our work, teacher will
will punish us. punish us.
Be diligent and you will succeed. If you are diligent, you will succeed.
He got a call and set out. As soon as he got a call, he set out.
You must hurry or you will be late. Unless you hurry, you will be late.
Listen and I will tell you everything. If you listen to me, I will tell you every-
thing.
62
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
TOO .. TO SO…. THAT

He was too thin to fight the battle. He was so thin that he could not fight the
battle.
Mita was too scared to speak in front of Mita was so scared that he could not
her teacher. speak in front of her teacher.
It is never too late to start. It is never so late that one cannot start.
USING HELP OMIT BUT

I could not help thinking about the situ- I could not but think about the situation.
ation
I cannot help laughing in serious condi- I cannot but laugh in serious conditions.
tions.
l Let us learn to change the parts of speeches of the sentences and to rewrite the sentences
keeping the meaning same :
(a) We should water the plants daily. (Use the noun form of ‘water’)
We should give water to the plants daily.
(b) He has sheer intelligence. (Use the adjective form of ‘intelligence’)
He is a very intelligent boy.
(c) She is a disgraceful lady of our office. (Use the noun form of ‘disgraceful’)
She, as a lady, is a disgrace of our office.
(d) he rejected all our proposals. (Use the verb form of ‘proposal’)
He rejected all that we had proposed.
(e) You cannot be admitted this year. (Use the noun form of ‘admitted’)
You cannot get admission this year.
(f) In all probability, the day will be fine. (Use the adjective form of ‘probability’)
it is probable that the day will be fine.
EXERCISE
1. Do as directed:
(i) I have a brilliant idea. (Change into negative sentence)
I have not a dull idea.
(ii) All of the sons of the farmer were very greedy. (Change into a negative sentence)
None of the sons of the farmer was less greedy.
(iii) Those children are wearing bright coloured clothes. (Change into negative sentence)
Those children are not wearing dull coloured clothes.
(iv) Rainfall generally occurs in the month of July. (Change into interrogative sentence)
Does rainfall generally not occur in the month of July?
(v) Dogs can be trained really well. (Change into interrogative sentence)
Can dogs not be trained really well?
(vi) He does not seem to be a fair person. (Change into interrogative sentence)
Does he seem to be a fair person?
(vii) What a lovely view it is! (Change into assertive sentence)
63
Class-10
CLASS IX| Bengali
(GRAMMAR)
The view is so lovely.

(viii) Bravo! What a splendid shot it is. (Change into assertive sentence)
The shot was a splendid one.
(ix) Let the father guide our way. (Change the voice)
Let our way be guided by the father.
(x) Can you help me to solve the puzzle? (Change the voice)
Can I be helped to solve the puzzle by you?
(xi) The passenger said, “Ah! What a lovely view we are getting from the train.” (Change the voice)
The passenger exclaimed in joy that he was getting a lovely view from the train.
(xii) The tiger was too tired to walk away and save himself. (Omit too.. to)
The tiger was so tired that he could not walk away and save himself.
xiii) Ron was so selfish that he did not wait for his friend to come. (use too…to)
Ron was too selfish to wait for his friend to come.
(xiv) The project was waiting for the permission of the boss. (Use the verb form of ‘permission and
rewrite the sentence.)
The project was waiting as the boss had not permitted yet.
(xv) Rohit played the match with his intelligence. (Use the adverbial form of ‘intelligence’)
Rohit played the match intelligently.
(xvi) The wind was blowing softly. (Use the noun form of ‘softly’)
There was softness in the blowing wind.
( xvii) He gave a heavy blow to the thief. (Use adverbial form of ‘blow’)
He heavily blew the thief.
(xviii) Timothy is one of the greatest pianists of the town. (Change into comparative degree)
There are many other pianists in the town, greater than Timothy.
(xix) Chicken is as nutritious as soyabean. (Change into comparative degree)
Chicken is not more nutritious than soyabean.
(xx) No one in the class is more studious than Amita. (Change into positive degree)
No one in the class is as studious as Amita.
64

Tutopia Class 9 English Wbbse

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tutopia Class 9 English Wbbse

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TALES OF BHOLA GRANDPA

Textual Questions with answers

4. Bhola Grandpa was returning from the

ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS with Answers

x. Bhola grandpa came down from the tree at –

lAnswer the following questions in a sentence : (1 Mark Each)

l Answer the following questions in 30 – 40 words :  (2 Marks Each)

anchored up a great river. I was thrilled to see a beauty on nature.

A Journey Worth Remembering

l Change the narration of the following sentence :

IMPORTANCE OF THE CHAPTER

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Textual Questions with answers

3. How are rules of guidance to be observed?

ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS with Answers

l Answer the following questions in one sentence:  (1 Mark Each)

d) How was the weather described in the story?

l Answer the following questions in 20-30 words: (2 Marks Each)

d) The nurse will attend to the patient.

l Change the voice of the following sentences:

l Change the narration of the sentences:

IMPORTANCE OF THE CHAPTER

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Textual Questions with answers

ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS with Answers

6. The lane is full with

l Answer the following questions in one sentence :  (1 Mark Each)

l Answer the following questions in brief :  (2 Marks Each)

l Change the following sentences into indirect speech:

IMPORTANCE OF THE CHAPTER

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Ceases – stops Œî¦þ ¥GëûyŠ

TEXTUAL QUESTIONS WITH ANSWERS

ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS WITH ANSWERS

16. In the evening the robin flies back to –

l Answer the following questions in a single sentence: (1 Mark Each)

l Answer the following questions in 20-30 words:  (2 Marks Each)

2. Describe the scene of the bird section.

a) As he was not there, I spoke to his brother.

IMPORTANCE OF THE CHAPTER

Textual Questions with answers

ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS with Answers

8. Looking at the rain, the faces of the children looked –

l Answer the following questions in a sentence :  (1 Mark Each)

l Answer the following questions:  (2 Marks Each)

IMPORTANCE OF THE Text

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Textual Questions with answers

ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS with Answers

3. The mist upon the hill is speaking about –

l Answer the following questions in a sentence : (1 Mark Each)

l Answer the following questions within 70-80 words :  (2 Marks Each)

IMPORTANCE OF THE text

Symptoms – Undications before happening something Œ¡Çþ”Š

Textual Questions with answers

ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS with Answers

4. How did Sid respond to Tom’s groaning?

l Answer the following questions in 30-50 words: (2 Marks Each)

A Dangerous Road Accident at Malda

IMPORTANCE OF THE CHAPTER

Brink – the extreme edge Œ!†þlyîûyëûŠ

TEXTUAL QUESTIONS WITH ANSWERS

5. The mother seagull had picked up a piece of

l Answer the following questions in 30 – 40 words : (2 Marks Each)

l Answer the following questions in one sentence: (1 Mark Each)

l Answer the following questions in one sentence : (1 Mark Each)

l Answer the following questions in brief : (2 Marks Each)

l Answer the following questions in 20-30 words: (2 Marks Each)

l Answer the following questions in a sentence : (1 Mark Each)

l Answer the following questions: (2 Marks Each)

l Answer the following questions within 70-80 words : (2 Marks Each)

l Answer the following questions in a sentence : (1 Mark Each)

l Answer the following questions in 30-40 words : (2 Marks Each)

l Answer the questions in one sentence: (1 Mark Each)